You are on page 1of 694

FONST 5000

Intelligent OTN Equipment

Hardware Description
Version: D

Code: MN000000994

FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

January 2016
Thank you for choosing our products.

We appreciate your business. Your satisfaction is our goal.


We will provide you with comprehensive technical support
and after-sales service. Please contact your local sales
representative, service representative or distributor for any
help needed at the contact information shown below.

Fiberhome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 67, Guanggu Chuangye Jie, Wuhan, Hubei, China


Zip code: 430073
Tel: +6 03 7960 0860/0884 (for Malaysia)
+91 98 9985 5448 (for South Asia)
+593 4 501 4529 (for South America)
Fax: +86 27 8717 8521
Website: http://www.fiberhomegroup.com
Legal Notice

are trademarks of FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.


(Hereinafter referred to as FiberHome)
All brand names and product names used in this document are used for
identification purposes only and are trademarks or registered trademarks
of their respective holders.

All rights reserved

No part of this document (including the electronic version) may be


reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written permission from FiberHome.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
Preface

Related Documentation
Document Description

Introduces the product’s functions and features, protection


FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN
principles, network modes and applications, and technical
Equipment Product Description
specifications.

Describes the equipment’s structures, functions, signal


FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN
flows, specifications, and technical parameters in terms of
Equipment Hardware
its hardware components (i.e. the cabinet, the subrack,
Description
cards, and cables).

Describes the equipment’s appearance and structure, how


FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN to install the equipment, connect and lay out its wires and
Equipment Installation Guide cables, as well as the requirements for the installation
environment.
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN
Describes how to install the equipment, connect and lay out
Equipment Quick Installation
its wires and cables using figures.
Guide
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN
Describes the important issues for the commissioning of
Equipment Commissioning
the equipment, the commissioning flow, and the methods.
Guide
Gives a detailed description of routine maintenance items
OTN Series Intelligent OTN
and operation procedures in terms of day, week, month,
Equipment Routine Maintenance
quarter and year.

OTN Series Intelligent OTN Gives a detailed introduction to notices of fault


Equipment Troubleshooting management, fault isolating methods as well as procedures
Guide and methods of fault management.

Describes classification and category of alarm and


OTN Series Intelligent OTN
performance indicators and their binding relationships, and
Equipment Alarm and
lists definitions, causes and management of each alarm
Performance Reference
and performance.

e-Fim OTNM2000 Element Introduces the rules and methods for the configuration of
Management System OTN various services through service management GUI in the
Product Service Configuration OTNM2000; gives some typical configuration examples
Guide and operation procedures.

I
Document Description

Includes four manuals, i. e., product description, operation


e-Fim OTNM2000 Element guide, routine maintenance and installation guide, all of
Network Management System which are aimed at introducing common and fundamental
Manual Set contents of the OTNM2000 for a better understanding and
proficient use of the network management system.

Quick Installation Guide for the


Introduces the installation methods of the 21-inch cabinet
21-inch Cabinet (600 mm-deep)
(600 mm-deep) (404000096 to 404000099).
(404000096 to 404000099)

Quick Installation Guide for the


Introduces the installation methods of the 21-inch cabinet
21-inch Cabinet (300 mm-deep)
(300 mm-deep) (4102661 to 4102664).
(4102661 to 4102664)

Introduces the functions of the PDP (3000064); briefs how


PDP850A User Guide
to install the PDP, connect and lay out its wires and cables.

Introduces the functions of the PDP (3000068); briefs how


PDP296B User Guide
to install the PDP, connect and lay out its wires and cables.

Introduces the functions of the PDP (3000078); briefs how


PDP4100B User Guide
to install the PDP, connect and lay out its wires and cables.

II
Version
Version Description

A Initial version.
Description of the WDM2, OTDR8, and 2OTU2S cards is
added; description of the 16TA, OTU2S, TA4, and LMS4E
cards is modified.
Description of the PDP (3000068) and the corresponding
B wires and cables is added; description of the 300 mm-deep
cabinet is added, and the equipment layout is modified.
Description of the PDP (3000078) and the corresponding
wires and cables is added; the equipment layout is
modified.
Description of the 4TEA2, 4TEL2, 8TEA2, 4LXA2, OTU3S
(coherent), OTU3E (coherent), BIDI, EOSAD, WOSAD and
C
BEOSC cards is added; description of the ITL50 card is
modified.
Description of the WSS8MR, WSS8DT, WSS8M, WSS8D,
FOSC, ODU8T, VGA, WSS20T, WSS8T, FWSS8M,
D
FWSS20M, FWSS8D, FWSS20D, and 4OTU2S cards is
added.

Intended Readers

This manual is intended for the following readers:

u Planning and designing engineers

u Commissioning engineers

u Operation and maintenance engineers

To utilize this manual, these prerequisite skills are necessary:

u OTN technology

u Data communication technology

u Optical fiber communication technology

u SDH communication theory

u Ethernet technology

III
Conventions

Terminology Conventions

Terminology Convention

FONST 5000 FiberHome FONST 5000 Equipment

FiberHome e-Fim OTNM2000 Element Management


OTNM2000
System

8TDGF 8-Port Data Service Interface Card


8TDGS 8-Port Multi-Rate Interface Card
8TGX 8-Ports GE/STM16 Service Interface Card
8TA1 8-Port 2.5G Service Interface Card
16TA 16-Port Any Service Interface Card

2TA2 2-Port 10G Service Interface Card


4TA2 4-Port 10G Service Interface Card
8TA2 8-Port 10G Service Interface Card
10TA2 10-Port 10G Service Interface Card
TA3 40G Service Interface Card
ETA3 40G Enhanced Service Interface Card
TA4 100G Service Interface Card
4TEA2 4-Port 10G Enhanced Tributary Interface Card

8TEA2 Eight-port,STM64/10GE WAN/LAN, General, LC

TGX GE Interface Card with Switch Function


MXCU Master Cross-connect Card
SXCU Slave Cross-connect Card
4-Port 2G5 Aggregation Line Interface Card with Enhanced
LMS2E
FEC
2LMS2E 8×2G5 Aggregation Line Interface Unit

4-Port 10G Aggregation Line Interface Card with Enhanced


LMS3E
FEC
LMS4E Multi-rate 100G Aggregation Line Interface Card

2LA2 10G Line Interface Card with Super FEC

4LA2 10G Line Interface Card with Super FEC

8LA2 10G Line Interface Card with Super FEC

4TEL2 4 Port 10G Enhanced Line Interface Card


4LXA2 10 Gigabit Date Services Card

MST2 8-Port Any Service Transponder Card

IV
Terminology Convention
Aggregation Optical Transponder Card With Enhanced
OTU2E
FEC
10G Bidirectional Optical Transponder Card with Super
OTU2S
FEC
2-Port 10G Bidirectional Optical Transponder Card with
2OTU2S
Super FEC

4OTU2S 4-ports 10G Optical Transponder Unit

OTU2F 10G Bidirectional Regenerator with Super FEC

4-Port 10G Aggregation Optical Transponder Card With


OTU3E
Enhanced FEC
4-Port 10G Aggregation Optical Transponder Card With
OTU3E (coherent)
Enhanced FEC (Coherent)

OTU3S 43G Bidirectional Transponder Card with Super FEC

43G Bidirectional Transponder Card with Super FEC


OTU3S (coherent)
(Coherent)

OTU3F 43G Bidirectional Regenerator with Super FEC

OTU4S 100Gb/s Enhanced FEC Unit (PM-QPSK)

100G Aggregation Optical Transponder Card with


OTU4E
Enhanced FEC (PM-QPSK,10×10G)

OTU4F 100G Regenerator with EFEC

8EF 8-Port FC Service Distance Extension Card


BIDI Single Fiber and Double Direction Transmission BOARD

EOSAD East 1510 / 1550 Optical Multiplexer / Demultiplexer Card

WOSAD West 1510 / 1550 Optical Multiplexer / Demultiplexer Card

BEOSC Bidirectional Enhanced Optical Supervisory Channel

OMU48_E 48 Ch Optical Multiplexer Card (C,E)

OMU40_E 40 Ch Optical Multiplexer Card (C,E)

ODU48_E 48 Ch Optical Demultiplexer Card (C, E)

ODU40_E 40 Ch Optical Demultiplexer Card (C, E)

48 Ch Optical Multiplexer Card with Variable Optical


VMU48_E
Attenuator (VOA, C, E)

40 Ch Optical Multiplexer Card with Variable Optical


VMU40_E
Attenuator (VOA, C, E)

OMU48_O 48 Ch Optical Multiplexer Card (C, O)

OMU40_O 40 Ch Optical Multiplexer Card (C, O)

ODU48_O 48 Ch Optical Demultiplexer Card (C, O)

ODU40_O 40 Ch Optical Demultiplexer Card (C, O)

V
Terminology Convention
48 Ch Optical Multiplexer Card with Variable Optical
VMU48_O
Attenuator (VOA, C, O)

40 Ch Optical Multiplexer Card with Variable Optical


VMU40_O
Attenuator (VOA, C, O)

OMU8 8 Ch Optical Coupler Card

ODU8 8 Ch Optical Splitter Card

OMU4 4 Ch Optical Coupler Card

ODU4 4 Ch Optical Splitter Card

OMU2 2 Ch Optical Coupler Card

ODU2 2 Ch Optical Splitter Card

WDM2 2 Line WDM Card


ITL50 50GHz Grid Interleaved Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Card

OSCAD 1510 / 1550 Optical Multiplexer / Demultiplexer Card

SOAD8 8 Ch Optical Add-drop Multiplexer Card

SOAD4 4 Ch Optical Add-drop Multiplexer Card

Optical Wavelength Selective Switch Multiplexer Card


WSS8M
(100GHz, 1×9)

Optical Wavelength Selective Switch Demultiplexer Card


WSS8D
(100GHz, 1×9)

Optical Wavelength Selective Switch Multiplexer Card


WSS8M
(50GHz, 1×9)

Optical Wavelength Selective Switch Demultiplexer Card


WSS8D
(50GHz, 1×9)

Optical Wavelength Selective Switch Multiplexer Card


WSS4M
(50GHz, 1×5)

Optical Wavelength Selective Switch Demultiplexer Card


WSS4D
(50GHz, 1×5)

Wavelength Selective Switch Demultiplexer and 1310


WSS8DT
Transmitter
Wavelength Selective Switch Multiplexer and 1310
WSS8MR
Receiver
ODU8T 8 Chs Optical Demultiplexer Unit and 1310 Transmitter

WSS20T Twin 20-Port Wavelength-Selective Switch Unit

WSS8T Twin 9-Port Wavelength-Selective Switch Unit

Optical Wavelength Selective Switch Multiplexer Card (flex,


FWSS8M
1×9)

VI
Terminology Convention
Optical Wavelength Selective Switch Demultiplexer Card
FWSS8D
(flex, 1×9)

Optical Wavelength Selective Switch Multiplexer Card (flex,


FWSS20M
1×20)

Optical Wavelength Selective Switch Demultiplexer Card


FWSS20D
(flex, 1×20)

OA Optical Amplification Card

OA High Power Optical Amplifier Card (above 21 dBm)

PA Pre-amplifier Card

MSA Two-Stage Amplifier with Mid-Stage Access

HOA High Power Optical Amplifier Card (above 26 dBm)

ROA Remote Optical Amplifier Card

RAU_F / RAU_B Forward / Backward Raman Amplifier Unit Card

VGA Variable Gain Optical Amplifier Card

OCP Optical Channel Protection Card

OMSP Optical Multiplex Section Protection Card

OLP_1:1 Optical Line Protection Card (1:1)

OLP_1+1 Optical Line Protection Card (1+1)

GFF Gain Flattening Filter Card

DGE Dynamic Gain Equalizer

OPM4 4 Ch Optical Performance Monitor Card

OPM8 8 Ch Optical Performance Monitor Card

OTDR8 8Ch OTDR Card


OSC Optical Supervisory Channel Card

EOSC Enhanced Optical Supervisory Channel Card

FOSC Fast Optical Supervisor Channel

CAIF1 Clock Card 1 (with Auxiliary Terminal Interface)

CAIF2 Clock Card 2 (with Auxiliary Terminal Interface)

EMVU NE Management Card (OTH Subrack)

FCVU Frame Control Unit Card (OTH Subrack)

EFCVU Enhanced Frame Control Unit Card (OTH Subrack)

EMU NE Management Card (WDM Subrack)

FCU Frame Control Unit Card (WDM Subrack)

EFCU Enhanced Frame Control Unit Card (WDM Subrack)

ASCU Control Unit Card

VII
Terminology Convention
SCU Control Unit Card
PWRV Power Supply Card (OTH Subrack)

PWR Power Supply Card (WDM Subrack)

CTU Clock Terminal Card


AIF Auxiliary Terminal Board

EAIF Enhanced Auxiliary Terminal Board

Symbol Conventions

Symbol Convention Description

Note Important features or operation guide.

Possible injury to persons or systems, or cause traffic


Caution
interruption or loss.

Warning May cause severe bodily injuries.

➔ Jump Jumps to another step.

Cascading
→ Connects multi-level menu options.
menu
Bidirectional
↔ The service signal is bidirectional.
service
Unidirectional
→ The service signal is unidirectional.
service

VIII
Contents

Preface...................................................................................................................I

Related Documentation ...................................................................................I

Version ..........................................................................................................III

Intended Readers ..........................................................................................III

Conventions ................................................................................................. IV

1 Cabinet...........................................................................................................1

1.1 300 mm Deep Cabinet ......................................................................2

1.1.1 Type ...................................................................................2


1.1.2 Appearance ........................................................................2
1.1.3 Structure.............................................................................3
1.1.4 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 ................................8
1.1.5 Technical Parameter ......................................................... 11

1.2 600 mm Deep Cabinet ....................................................................12

1.2.1 Type .................................................................................12


1.2.2 Appearance ......................................................................12
1.2.3 Structure...........................................................................13
1.2.4 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 ..............................18
1.2.5 Technical Parameter .........................................................31

2 PDP .............................................................................................................33

2.1 PDP (3000064)...............................................................................34

2.1.1 Function ...........................................................................34


2.1.2 Appearance ......................................................................35
2.1.3 Front Panel.......................................................................35
2.1.4 Connector and Switch.......................................................36
2.1.5 Lightning Protection Module..............................................40
2.1.6 Technical Parameter .........................................................40

2.2 PDP (3000068)...............................................................................41

2.2.1 Function ...........................................................................41


2.2.2 Appearance ......................................................................42
2.2.3 Front Panel.......................................................................42
2.2.4 Connector and Switch.......................................................43
2.2.5 Lightning Protection Module..............................................46
2.2.6 Technical Parameter .........................................................46

2.3 PDP (3000078)...............................................................................47

2.3.1 Function ...........................................................................47


2.3.2 Appearance ......................................................................48
2.3.3 Front Panel.......................................................................48
2.3.4 Connectors and Switches .................................................49
2.3.5 Lightning Protection Module..............................................53
2.3.6 Technical Parameter .........................................................53

3 OTH Subrack (3030066) ...............................................................................55

3.1 Function .........................................................................................56

3.2 Structure.........................................................................................56

3.3 Fan Unit..........................................................................................57

3.3.1 Type .................................................................................57


3.3.2 Function ...........................................................................58
3.3.3 Appearance ......................................................................58
3.3.4 Intelligent Fan Feature ......................................................58
3.3.5 Indicator LED....................................................................59
3.3.6 Safety Sign .......................................................................60
3.3.7 Technical Parameter .........................................................60

3.4 Fiber Spool .....................................................................................61

3.5 Anti-dust Screen .............................................................................62

3.6 Slot Allocation.................................................................................63

3.7 Distribution of GCCs in the OTH Subrack ........................................65

3.8 Technical Parameter .......................................................................66

4 Channel Subrack (3030036) .........................................................................67

4.1 Function .........................................................................................68

4.2 Structure.........................................................................................68

4.3 Fan Unit..........................................................................................69

4.3.1 Type .................................................................................69


4.3.2 Function ...........................................................................69
4.3.3 Appearance ......................................................................70
4.3.4 Intelligent Fan Feature ......................................................70
4.3.5 Indicator LED....................................................................71
4.3.6 Safety Sign .......................................................................72
4.3.7 Technical Parameter .........................................................72

4.4 Fiber Spool .....................................................................................72

4.5 Anti-dust Screen .............................................................................75

4.6 Slot Arrangement............................................................................77

4.7 Distribution of GCCs in the Channel Subrack...................................78

4.8 Technical Parameter .......................................................................78

5 Channel Subrack (3030105) .........................................................................79

5.1 Function .........................................................................................80

5.2 Structure.........................................................................................80

5.3 Fan Unit..........................................................................................81

5.3.1 Type .................................................................................81


5.3.2 Function ...........................................................................81
5.3.3 Appearance ......................................................................82
5.3.4 Intelligent Fan Feature ......................................................82
5.3.5 Indicator LED....................................................................83
5.3.6 Safety Sign .......................................................................84
5.3.7 Technical Parameter .........................................................84

5.4 Fiber Spool .....................................................................................84

5.5 Anti-dust Screen .............................................................................86

5.6 Slot Arrangement............................................................................87

5.7 Distribution of GCCs in the Channel Subrack...................................88

5.8 Technical Parameter .......................................................................88

6 Card .............................................................................................................89

6.1 Card Overview................................................................................90

6.1.1 Card Structure ..................................................................90


6.1.2 Card Classification............................................................96
6.1.3 Positioning of Cards in the System ....................................97
6.1.4 Corresponding Relationships between Cards and Slots.....98

6.2 Tributary Interface Card ................................................................102


6.2.1 The 8TDGF Card ............................................................102
6.2.2 The 8TDGS Card............................................................107
6.2.3 The 8TGX Card .............................................................. 111
6.2.4 The 8TA1 Card ............................................................... 116
6.2.5 The 16TA Card ...............................................................120
6.2.6 The 2TA2 Card ...............................................................126
6.2.7 The 4TA2 Card ...............................................................130
6.2.8 The 4TEA2 Card.............................................................135
6.2.9 The 8TEA2 Card.............................................................140
6.2.10 The 8TA2 Card ...............................................................145
6.2.11 The 10TA2 Card .............................................................150
6.2.12 The TA3 Card .................................................................155
6.2.13 The ETA3 Card ...............................................................159
6.2.14 The TA4 Card .................................................................163
6.2.15 The TGX Card ................................................................167
6.2.16 The 8EF Card .................................................................172

6.3 Cross-connect Card......................................................................177

6.3.1 Function .........................................................................178


6.3.2 Application in the System ................................................179
6.3.3 The Panel Description.....................................................179
6.3.4 Specifications of the MXCU / SXCU Cards ......................181

6.4 Line Interface Card .......................................................................182

6.4.1 The LMS2E Card ............................................................182


6.4.2 The 2LMS2E Card ..........................................................186
6.4.3 The 4LXA2 Card .............................................................191
6.4.4 The 2LA2 Card ...............................................................197
6.4.5 The 4LA2 Card ...............................................................202
6.4.6 The 4TEL2 Card .............................................................207
6.4.7 The 8LA2 Card ...............................................................212
6.4.8 The LMS3E Card ............................................................217
6.4.9 The LMS4E Card ............................................................225

6.5 Optical Transponder Card .............................................................230

6.5.1 The MST2 Card ..............................................................230


6.5.2 The OTU2S Card............................................................237
6.5.3 The 2OTU2S Card..........................................................243
6.5.4 The 4OTU2S Card..........................................................249
6.5.5 The OTU2E Card............................................................255
6.5.6 The OTU2F Card ............................................................261
6.5.7 The OTU3S Card............................................................266
6.5.8 The OTU3S Card (Coherent) ..........................................274
6.5.9 The OTU3E Card............................................................280
6.5.10 The OTU3E Card (Coherent) ..........................................287
6.5.11 The OTU3F Card ............................................................293
6.5.12 The OTU4S Card............................................................299
6.5.13 The OTU4E Card............................................................305
6.5.14 The OTU4F Card ............................................................ 311

6.6 Optical Multiplexer / Demultiplexer Card ........................................316

6.6.1 System Multiplexing and Demultiplexing Architecture ......317


6.6.2 The OMU Series of Cards ...............................................318
6.6.3 The VMU Series of Cards ...............................................324
6.6.4 The ODU Series of Cards ...............................................331
6.6.5 The WDM2 Card.............................................................338
6.6.6 The ITL50 Card...............................................................343
6.6.7 The OSCAD Card ...........................................................348
6.6.8 The EOSAD Card ...........................................................353
6.6.9 The WOSAD Card ..........................................................358
6.6.10 The BIDI Card.................................................................363

6.7 Optical Add / Drop Multiplexing Card .............................................369

6.7.1 The WSS8M Card / WSS4M Card...................................370


6.7.2 The WSS8D Card / WSS4D Card....................................375
6.7.3 The SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card .............................................380
6.7.4 The FWSS8M / FWSS20M Card .....................................386
6.7.5 The FWSS8D / FWSS20D Card......................................393
6.7.6 The WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T Card ........................399
6.7.7 The WSS8T / WSS20T Card...........................................409

6.8 Optical Amplification Card .............................................................413

6.8.1 The OA, PA and HOA Cards ...........................................413


6.8.2 The VGA Card ................................................................421
6.8.3 The MSA Card................................................................429
6.8.4 The RAU_B / RAU_F Card..............................................437
6.8.5 The ROA Card................................................................444
6.8.6 The RGU Unit .................................................................451
6.9 Optical Protection Card .................................................................454

6.9.1 The OCP Card................................................................454


6.9.2 The OMSP Card .............................................................461
6.9.3 The OLP (1:1) Card ........................................................466
6.9.4 The OLP (1+1) Card .......................................................473

6.10 Optical Supervisory Card ..............................................................480

6.10.1 The OSC Card................................................................480


6.10.2 The EOSC Card .............................................................488
6.10.3 The FOSC Card..............................................................496
6.10.4 The BEOSC Card ...........................................................503
6.10.5 The OPM4 / OPM8 Card .................................................512
6.10.6 The OTDR8 Card............................................................516

6.11 Channel Equilibrium Card .............................................................521

6.11.1 The DGE Card................................................................521


6.11.2 The GFF Card ................................................................526

6.12 System Connection and Management Card ..................................530

6.12.1 The EMU Card................................................................530


6.12.2 The FCU Card ................................................................538
6.12.3 The EFCU Card ..............................................................541
6.12.4 The EMVU Card .............................................................544
6.12.5 The EFCVU Card............................................................550
6.12.6 The FCVU Card ..............................................................553
6.12.7 The ASCU Card..............................................................556
6.12.8 The SCU Card ................................................................561
6.12.9 The AIF Card ..................................................................563
6.12.10The EAIF Card................................................................567
6.12.11The CAIF1 Card..............................................................572
6.12.12The CAIF2 Card..............................................................577
6.12.13The CTU Card ................................................................582
6.12.14The PWRV Card .............................................................586
6.12.15The PWR Card ...............................................................588

6.13 DCM.............................................................................................591

6.13.1 Function .........................................................................592


6.13.2 Panel..............................................................................592
6.13.3 DCM Specifications ........................................................593
7 Wire and Cable ...........................................................................................594

7.1 Power Cable and Earth Ground Cable...........................................595

7.1.1 Cabinet Power Cable (for the PDP 3000064)...................595


7.1.2 Cabinet Power Cable (for the PDP 3000068)...................597
7.1.3 Cabinet Power Cable (for the PDP 3000078)...................598
7.1.4 Subrack Power Cable (for the PDP 3000064) ..................601
7.1.5 Subrack Power Cable (for the PDP 3000068) ..................603
7.1.6 Subrack Power Cable (for the PDP 3000078) ..................605
7.1.7 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable (for the PDP
3000064) ........................................................................607
7.1.8 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable (for the PDP
3000068) ........................................................................608
7.1.9 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable (for the PDP
3000078) ........................................................................610
7.1.10 Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable .......................... 611

7.2 Alarm Cable..................................................................................612

7.2.1 Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet .......................612


7.2.2 Subrack Alarm Cable (for the PDP 3000068)...................613
7.2.3 Subrack Alarm Cable (for the PDP 3000064)...................615
7.2.4 Subrack Alarm Cable (for the PDP 3000078)...................616
7.2.5 PDP Alarm Cable............................................................618

7.3 Clock Cable ..................................................................................619

7.3.1 Application......................................................................620
7.3.2 Structure.........................................................................620
7.3.3 Connection .....................................................................620

7.4 E1 Cable ......................................................................................621

7.4.1 Application......................................................................621
7.4.2 Structure.........................................................................622
7.4.3 Connection .....................................................................623

7.5 Network Cable ..............................................................................623

7.5.1 Network Cable between the Network Management System


and the Equipment..........................................................623
7.5.2 Network Cable between Subracks...................................625
7.5.3 RJ-45 Cable for the CTR / MON Interface........................626

7.6 Cable for the HK Interface .............................................................628


7.6.1 Application......................................................................628
7.6.2 Structure.........................................................................629
7.6.3 Connection .....................................................................632

7.7 Optical Fiber Jumper.....................................................................633

7.7.1 Application......................................................................634
7.7.2 Structure.........................................................................634
7.7.3 Connection .....................................................................635

Appendix A Summary of Card Numbers .....................................................636

Appendix B Abbreviations ..........................................................................639


Figures

Figure 1-1 Appearance of the 300 mm-deep Cabinet .........................................3


Figure 1-2 Exploded View of the 300 mm-deep Cabinet .....................................4
Figure 1-3 Overall View of the 300 mm-deep Cabinet.........................................6
Figure 1-4 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High and 300 mm Deep Cabinet .....9
Figure 1-5 Equipment Layout of a 2200 mm High and 300 mm Deep Cabinet ...10
Figure 1-6 Equipment Layout of a 2000 mm High and 300 mm Deep Cabinet ... 11
Figure 1-7 Cabinet Appearance (600mm deep)................................................13
Figure 1-8 The Exploded-View of the Cabinet (600mm deep) ...........................15
Figure 1-9 Structure of the Cabinet (600mm deep) ...........................................16
Figure 1-10 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the
FONST 5000 + the FONST 5000) ...................................................20
Figure 1-11 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the
FONST 5000 + the FONST 4000) ...................................................21
Figure 1-12 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the
FONST 5000 + the FONST 3000) ...................................................22
Figure 1-13 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the
FONST 5000 + the FONST 4000 + the FONST 3000) .....................23
Figure 1-14 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the
FONST 5000 + the 40-Channel WDM) ............................................24
Figure 1-15 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the
FONST 5000 + the 80-Channel WDM) ............................................25
Figure 1-16 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the
FONST 5000 + the WDM) ...............................................................26
Figure 1-17 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet
(WDM)............................................................................................27
Figure 1-18 Equipment Layout of a 2200 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet..........28
Figure 1-19 Equipment Layout of a 2000 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the
FONST 5000 + the WDM) ...............................................................29
Figure 1-20 Equipment Layout of a 2000 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the
FONST 5000 + the DCM)................................................................30
Figure 1-21 Equipment Layout of a 1600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet..........31
Figure 2-1 Appearance of the PDP (3000064)..................................................35
Figure 2-2 Front Panel of the PDP (3000064)...................................................36
Figure 2-3 Connectors and Switches on the PDP (3000064) ............................37
Figure 2-4 Definition of the Subrack Alarm Convergence Connectors ...............39
Figure 2-5 Appearance of the PDP (3000068)..................................................42
Figure 2-6 Front Panel of the PDP (3000068)...................................................42
Figure 2-7 Rear Panel of the PDP (3000068) ...................................................44
Figure 2-8 The Appearance of the PDP (3000078) ...........................................48
Figure 2-9 The Front Panel of PDP (3000078) .................................................49
Figure 2-10 Distribution of the PDP (3000078) Connectors and Switches ...........50
Figure 2-11 Definition of the Subrack Alarm Convergence Connectors ...............52
Figure 3-1 The Appearance of the OTH Subrack (3030066) .............................56
Figure 3-2 The Fan Unit...................................................................................58
Figure 3-3 Components of the Subrack Fiber Spool .........................................62
Figure 3-4 Location for the Anti-dust Screen of the OTH Subrack .....................63
Figure 3-5 The Anti-dust Screen for the OTH Subrack......................................63
Figure 3-6 The Slot Allocation at the front of the OTH Subrack (3030066).........64
Figure 3-7 The Slot Allocation at the back of the OTH Subrack (3030066) ........64
Figure 4-1 The Structure of the Channel Subrack (3030036) ............................68
Figure 4-2 The Fan Unit (3030036) ..................................................................70
Figure 4-3 Arrangement of the Fiber Spools for the Channel Subrack ...............74
Figure 4-4 The Fiber Spool for the Channel Subrack ........................................75
Figure 4-5 The Position of the Anti-dust Screen for the Channel Subrack..........76
Figure 4-6 The Anti-dust Screen for the Channel Subrack ................................77
Figure 4-7 Slot Arrangement for the Channel Subrack......................................77
Figure 5-1 The Structure of the Channel Subrack (3030105) ............................80
Figure 5-2 The Fan Unit...................................................................................82
Figure 5-3 The Fiber Spool for the Channel Subrack ........................................86
Figure 5-4 The Anti-dust Screen for the Channel Subrack ................................87
Figure 5-5 Slot Arrangement for the Channel Subrack......................................87
Figure 6-1 Card Appearance and Structure ......................................................91
Figure 6-2 Positioning of the Common Cards in the System .............................98
Figure 6-3 The 8TDGF Card Panel ................................................................105
Figure 6-4 The 8TDGS Card Panel ................................................................109
Figure 6-5 The 8TGX Card Panel................................................................... 114
Figure 6-6 The 8TA1 Card Panel.................................................................... 118
Figure 6-7 The 16TA Card Panel....................................................................123
Figure 6-8 The 2TA2 Card Panel....................................................................128
Figure 6-9 The 4TA2 Card Panel....................................................................133
Figure 6-10 The 4TEA2 Card Panel .................................................................138
Figure 6-11 The 8TEA2 Card Panel .................................................................143
Figure 6-12 The 8TA2 Card Panel....................................................................148
Figure 6-13 The 10TA2 Card Panel..................................................................153
Figure 6-14 The TA3 Card Panel .....................................................................157
Figure 6-15 The ETA3 Card Panel ...................................................................161
Figure 6-16 The TA4 Card Panel .....................................................................165
Figure 6-17 The TGX Card Panel ....................................................................170
Figure 6-18 Application and Positioning of the 8EF Card in the System ............174
Figure 6-19 The 8EF Card Panel .....................................................................175
Figure 6-20 The Active / Standby Cross-connect Card on the OTH Subrack .....178
Figure 6-21 The LMS2E Card Panel ................................................................184
Figure 6-22 The 2LMS2E Card Panel ..............................................................189
Figure 6-23 The 4LXA2 Card Panel .................................................................195
Figure 6-24 The 2LA2 Card Panel ...................................................................200
Figure 6-25 The 4LA2 Card Panel ...................................................................205
Figure 6-26 The 4TEL2 Card Panel .................................................................210
Figure 6-27 The 8LA2 Card Panel ...................................................................215
Figure 6-28 The LMS3E Card Panel ................................................................220
Figure 6-29 The LMS4E Card Panel ................................................................228
Figure 6-30 The MST2 Card Panel ..................................................................234
Figure 6-31 The OTU2S Card Panel ................................................................240
Figure 6-32 The 2OTU2S Card Panel ..............................................................246
Figure 6-33 The 4OTU2S Card Panel ..............................................................252
Figure 6-34 The OTU2E Card Panel ................................................................258
Figure 6-35 Positioning of the OTU2F Card in the System................................263
Figure 6-36 The OTU2F Card Panel ................................................................264
Figure 6-37 The OTU3S Card Panel ................................................................270
Figure 6-38 The OTU3S Card (Coherent) Panel...............................................277
Figure 6-39 The OTU3E Card Panel ................................................................283
Figure 6-40 The OTU3E Card (Coherent) Panel...............................................290
Figure 6-41 Positioning of the OTU3F Card in the System................................295
Figure 6-42 The OTU3F Card Panel ................................................................296
Figure 6-43 The OTU4S Card Panel ................................................................302
Figure 6-44 The OTU4E Card Panel ................................................................308
Figure 6-45 Positioning of the OTU4F Card in the System................................313
Figure 6-46 The OTU4F Card Panel ................................................................314
Figure 6-47 System Multiplexing and Demultiplexing Architecture ....................317
Figure 6-48 Composition and Signal Flow of the OMU48 Card .........................319
Figure 6-49 The OMU Series of Card Panels ...................................................321
Figure 6-50 Composition and Signal Flow of the VMU48 Card..........................326
Figure 6-51 The VMU Series of Card Panels....................................................328
Figure 6-52 Composition and Signal Flow of the ODU48 Card..........................333
Figure 6-53 The ODU Series of Card Panels....................................................334
Figure 6-54 Positioning of the OTDR8 Card and WDM2 Card in the System .....339
Figure 6-55 Composition and Signal Flow of the WDM2 Card...........................339
Figure 6-56 The WDM2 Card Panel .................................................................341
Figure 6-57 Composition and Signal Flow of the ITL50 Card ............................344
Figure 6-58 The ITL50 Card Panel...................................................................345
Figure 6-59 Composition and Signal Flow of the OSCAD Card.........................349
Figure 6-60 The OSCAD Card Panel ...............................................................350
Figure 6-61 The Structure Diagram of the BEOSC, WOSAD, EOSAD Cards ....354
Figure 6-62 Composition and Signal Flow of the EOSAD Card .........................354
Figure 6-63 The EOSAD Card Panel ...............................................................356
Figure 6-64 The Structure Diagram of the BEOSC, WOSAD, EOSAD Cards ....359
Figure 6-65 Composition and Signal Flow of the WOSAD Card ........................360
Figure 6-66 The WOSAD Card Panel ..............................................................361
Figure 6-67 Application of the BIDI Card in the System ....................................364
Figure 6-68 Composition and Signal Flow of the BIDI Card...............................365
Figure 6-69 The BIDI Card Panel .....................................................................366
Figure 6-70 Composition and Signal Flow of the WSS8M Card.........................371
Figure 6-71 The WSS8M and the WSS4M Card Panels ...................................372
Figure 6-72 Composition and Signal Flow of the WSS8D Card.........................376
Figure 6-73 The WSS8D and the WSS4D Card Panels ....................................377
Figure 6-74 Application of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card in the System .................380
Figure 6-75 Composition and Signal Flow of the SOAD8 Card .........................381
Figure 6-76 The SOAD8 / SOAD4 Card Panel .................................................383
Figure 6-77 Composition and Signal Flow of the FWSS8M Card ......................388
Figure 6-78 Composition and Signal Flow of the FWSS20M Card ....................389
Figure 6-79 The FWSS8M and FWSS20M Card Panels...................................390
Figure 6-80 Composition and Signal Flow of the FWSS8D Card.......................394
Figure 6-81 Composition and Signal Flow of the FWSS20D Card.....................395
Figure 6-82 The FWSS8D and FWSS20D Card Panels ...................................396
Figure 6-83 Composition and Signal Flow of the WSS8MR Card ......................401
Figure 6-84 Composition and Signal Flow of the WSS8DT Card.......................402
Figure 6-85 Composition and Signal Flow of the ODU8T Card .........................403
Figure 6-86 The WSS8DT, WSS8MR and ODU8T Card Panels .......................405
Figure 6-87 Composition and Signal Flow of the WSS8T Card .........................410
Figure 6-88 The WSS8T and WSS20T Card Panels......................................... 411
Figure 6-89 Composition and Signal Flow of the OA / PA / HOA Card ...............415
Figure 6-90 The OA / PA / HOA Card Panel .....................................................417
Figure 6-91 Composition and Signal Flow of the VGA Card ..............................422
Figure 6-92 The VGA Card Panel ....................................................................424
Figure 6-93 The Application Scenario of the MSA Card at an OLA Station ........430
Figure 6-94 The Application Scenario of the MSA Card at an OTM Station .......431
Figure 6-95 Composition and Signal Flow of the MSA Card..............................431
Figure 6-96 The MSA Card Panel ....................................................................433
Figure 6-97 Application of the RAU Card in the System ....................................438
Figure 6-98 Composition and Signal Flow of the RAU_B Card..........................439
Figure 6-99 Composition and Signal Flow of the RAU_F Card..........................439
Figure 6-100 The RAU_B and the RAU_F Card Panels......................................441
Figure 6-101 Application of the ROA Card in the System–Using the Same Fiber.445
Figure 6-102 Application of the ROA Card in the System–Using Different Fibers.446
Figure 6-103 Composition and Signal Flow of the ROA Card..............................447
Figure 6-104 The ROA Card Panel ....................................................................449
Figure 6-105 The RGU Card Principle (Using the Same Fiber) ...........................452
Figure 6-106 The RGU Card Principle (Using Different Fibers) ...........................453
Figure 6-107 The RGU Card Panel ....................................................................453
Figure 6-108 Positioning of the OCP Card in the System (Optical Channel 1+1
Wavelength Protection).................................................................455
Figure 6-109 Positioning of the OCP Card in the System (Optical Channel 1+1
Route Protection)..........................................................................456
Figure 6-110 Composition and Signal Flow of the OCP Card..............................456
Figure 6-111 The OCP Card Panel ....................................................................458
Figure 6-112 Positioning of the OMSP Card in the System .................................462
Figure 6-113 Composition and Signal Flow of the OMSP Card ...........................462
Figure 6-114 The OMSP Card Panel .................................................................464
Figure 6-115 Positioning of the OLP (1:1) Card in the System ............................467
Figure 6-116 Composition and Signal Flow of the OLP (1:1) Card ......................468
Figure 6-117 The OLP (1:1) Card Panel.............................................................470
Figure 6-118 Positioning of the OLP (1+1) Card in the System ...........................474
Figure 6-119 Composition and Signal Flow of the OLP (1+1) Card .....................474
Figure 6-120 The OLP (1+1) Card Panel............................................................477
Figure 6-121 Composition and Signal Flow of the OSC Card..............................482
Figure 6-122 The OSC Card Panel ....................................................................484
Figure 6-123 Composition and Signal Flow of the EOSC Card ...........................490
Figure 6-124 The EOSC Card Panel..................................................................492
Figure 6-125 Composition and Signal Flow of the FOSC Card............................497
Figure 6-126 The FOSC Card Panel ..................................................................499
Figure 6-127 The Structure Diagram of the BEOSC, WOSAD, EOSAD Cards ....505
Figure 6-128 Composition and Signal Flow of the BEOSC Card .........................505
Figure 6-129 The BEOSC Card Panel ...............................................................508
Figure 6-130 Composition and Signal Flow of the OPM4 Card ...........................513
Figure 6-131 The OPM4 / OPM8 Card Panel .....................................................514
Figure 6-132 Positioning of the OTDR8 Card and WDM2 Card in the System .....517
Figure 6-133 Composition and Signal Flow of the OTDR8 Card .........................518
Figure 6-134 The OTDR8 Card Panel................................................................519
Figure 6-135 Application of the DGE Card in the System....................................522
Figure 6-136 Composition and Signal Flow of the DGE Card..............................523
Figure 6-137 The DGE Card Panel ....................................................................524
Figure 6-138 Application of the GFF Card in the System ....................................527
Figure 6-139 Composition and Signal Flow of the GFF Card ..............................527
Figure 6-140 The GFF Card Panel.....................................................................528
Figure 6-141 Composition and Signal Flow of the EMU Card..............................531
Figure 6-142 The EMU Card Panel ....................................................................533
Figure 6-143 DIP Switches in the EMU Card......................................................536
Figure 6-144 Composition and Signal Flow of the FCU Card ..............................539
Figure 6-145 Composition and Signal Flow of the EFCU Card............................542
Figure 6-146 Composition and Signal Flow of the EMVU Card ...........................545
Figure 6-147 The EMVU Card Panel..................................................................547
Figure 6-148 Composition and Signal Flow of the EFCVU Card .........................551
Figure 6-149 Composition and Signal Flow of the FCVU Card............................554
Figure 6-150 Composition and Signal Flow of the ASCU Card............................557
Figure 6-151 The ASCU Card Panel ..................................................................558
Figure 6-152 Composition and Signal Flow of the SCU Card ..............................562
Figure 6-153 The AIF Card Panel ......................................................................564
Figure 6-154 The EAIF Card Panel ....................................................................568
Figure 6-155 Composition and Signal Flow of the CAIF1 Card ...........................573
Figure 6-156 The CAIF1 Card Panel..................................................................574
Figure 6-157 Composition and Signal Flow of the CAIF2 Card ...........................578
Figure 6-158 The CAIF2 Card Panel..................................................................579
Figure 6-159 Composition and Signal Flow of the CTU Card ..............................582
Figure 6-160 The CTU Card Panel ....................................................................584
Figure 6-161 The PWRV Card Panel .................................................................587
Figure 6-162 The PWR Card Panel ...................................................................589
Figure 6-163 The DCM Panel ............................................................................592
Figure 7-1 The -48 V Power Cable and PE Protection Cable for the Cabinet
(Connected with the PDP 3000064) ..............................................596
Figure 7-2 GND Cabinet Power Cable (25 mm2, Connected with the PDP
3000064) ......................................................................................596
Figure 7-3 GND Cabinet Power Cable (16 mm2, Connected with the PDP
3000064) ......................................................................................596
Figure 7-4 The Cabinet Power Cable for the PDP 3000068 ............................597
Figure 7-5 The Cabinet Power Cable (to PDP-3000078) ................................599
Figure 7-6 The PE Protection Earth Ground Cable (to PDP-3000078) ............599
Figure 7-7 The Subrack Power Cable for the PDP 3000064 ...........................601
Figure 7-8 The Subrack Power Cable for the PDP 3000064 ...........................602
Figure 7-9 Definition of Connectors for the Subrack Power Cable (PDP
3000064) ......................................................................................602
Figure 7-10 The Subrack Power Cable for the PDP 3000068 ...........................604
Figure 7-11 The OTH Subrack Power Cable (to PDP-3000078) .......................605
Figure 7-12 The Channel Subrack Power Cable (to PDP-3000078)..................606
Figure 7-13 The Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable for the PDP 3000064.608
Figure 7-14 The Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable for the PDP 3000068.609
Figure 7-15 The Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable (to PDP-3000078) .....610
Figure 7-16 The Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable ................................. 611
Figure 7-17 The Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet...............................613
Figure 7-18 The Subrack Alarm Cable for the PDP 3000068 ............................614
Figure 7-19 The Subrack Alarm Cable for the PDP 3000064 ............................615
Figure 7-20 The Subrack Alarm Cable for the PDP 3000064 ............................616
Figure 7-21 The OTH Subrack Alarm Cable (to PDP-3000078) ........................617
Figure 7-22 The Channel Subrack Alarm Cable (to PDP-3000078)...................617
Figure 7-23 The PDP (3000064) Alarm Cable ..................................................618
Figure 7-24 The PDP (3000078) Alarm Cable ..................................................619
Figure 7-25 The Interface of the External Clock Cable......................................620
Figure 7-26 The Connection of the External Clock Cable..................................621
Figure 7-27 Appearance of the DE-9 Connector...............................................622
Figure 7-28 The Network Cable .......................................................................624
Figure 7-29 The Network Cable .......................................................................625
Figure 7-30 The RJ-45 Cable for the CTR / MON Interface ...............................627
Figure 7-31 Connection of the RJ-45 Cable for the CTR / MON Interface..........628
Figure 7-32 The Cable for the HK Interface ......................................................629
Figure 7-33 Connection of the Cable for the HK Interface .................................633
Tables

Table 1-1 Names and Functions of Components of the 300 mm-deep Cabinet ..7
Table 1-2 Introduction to Indicator LEDs on the 300 mm-deep Cabinet ..............8
Table 1-3 Technical Parameters of the 300 mm Deep Cabinet......................... 11
Table 1-4 Name and Function of Each Component of the Cabinet (600mm
deep)..............................................................................................17
Table 1-5 The Indicator LEDs of the Cabinet (600mm deep)............................17
Table 1-6 Technical Parameters for the 600 mm Deep Cabinet .......................31
Table 2-1 Description of the PDP (3000064)'s External Power Input
Connectors.....................................................................................38
Table 2-2 Description of the PDP (3000064)'s Branch Power Rail Output
Connectors.....................................................................................38
Table 2-3 The Correspondence Relationship between the Power Connectors
and the ACB Control Switches ........................................................38
Table 2-4 Pin Definition of the Subrack Alarm Convergence Connectors .........39
Table 2-5 Technical Parameters of the PDP (3000064) ...................................40
Table 2-6 Description of the PDP (3000068)'s External Power Input
Connectors.....................................................................................45
Table 2-7 Description of the PDP (3000068)'s Branch Power Rail Output
Connectors.....................................................................................45
Table 2-8 Technical Parameters of the PDP (3000068) ...................................46
Table 2-9 The External -48 V Power Input Connectors of the PDP (3000078) ..51
Table 2-10 The Branch -48 V Power Output Connectors of the PDP (3000078) .51
Table 2-11 Pins of the Subrack Alarm Convergence Connectors.......................52
Table 2-12 Technical Parameters of the PDP (3000078) ...................................53
Table 3-1 Description of Components of the OTH Subrack (3030066) and Their
Functions........................................................................................57
Table 3-2 Description of the Subrack Fan Unit Indicator LEDs.........................60
Table 3-3 Safety Sign for the Fan Unit ............................................................60
Table 3-4 Technical Parameters of the Fan Unit ..............................................60
Table 3-5 Distribution of GCCs on the EMVU Card in the OTH Subrack ..........65
Table 3-6 Distribution of GCCs on the ASCU Card in the OTH Subrack...........65
Table 3-7 Technical Parameters of the OTH Subrack (3030066) .....................66
Table 4-1 Description of Components of the Channel Subrack and Their
Functions........................................................................................69
Table 4-2 Description of the Subrack Fan Unit Indicator LEDs.........................71
Table 4-3 Safety Sign on the Fan Unit.............................................................72
Table 4-4 Technical Parameters of the Fan Unit ..............................................72
Table 4-5 Distribution of GCCs in the Channel Subrack...................................78
Table 4-6 Technical Specifications of the Channel Subrack (3030036) ............78
Table 5-1 Description of Components of the Channel Subrack and Their
Functions........................................................................................80
Table 5-2 Description of the Subrack Fan Unit Indicator LEDs.........................83
Table 5-3 Safety Sign on the Fan Unit.............................................................84
Table 5-4 Technical Parameters of the Fan Unit ..............................................84
Table 5-5 Distribution of GCCs in the Channel Subrack...................................88
Table 5-6 Technical Specifications of the Channel Subrack (3030105) ............88
Table 6-1 Card Appearance and Dimensions..................................................92
Table 6-2 Card Classification..........................................................................96
Table 6-3 Corresponding Relationship between OTH Subrack Slots and
Cards .............................................................................................99
Table 6-4 Mapping Relationships between Cards and Channel Subrack
Slots .............................................................................................101
Table 6-5 Access Service and Quantity of the 8TDGF Card ..........................104
Table 6-6 Description of the 8TDGF Card Panel ...........................................106
Table 6-7 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TDGF Card .......................106
Table 6-8 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TDGF Card ..................................107
Table 6-9 Power Consumption of the 8TDGF Card .......................................107
Table 6-10 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 8TDGS Card..................108
Table 6-11 Description of the 8TDGS Card Panel ........................................... 110
Table 6-12 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TDGS Card ....................... 110
Table 6-13 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TDGS Card .................................. 111
Table 6-14 Power Consumption of the 8TDGS Card ....................................... 111
Table 6-15 The 8TGX Card’s Service Type and Quantity................................. 112
Table 6-16 The 8TGX Card Panel................................................................... 115
Table 6-17 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TGX Card ......................... 115
Table 6-18 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TGX Card..................................... 116
Table 6-19 Power Consumption of the 8TGX Card.......................................... 116
Table 6-20 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 8TA1 Card ..................... 117
Table 6-21 Description of the 8TA1 Card Panel............................................... 119
Table 6-22 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TA1 Card .......................... 119
Table 6-23 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TA1 Card......................................120
Table 6-24 Power Consumption of the 8TA1 Card...........................................120
Table 6-25 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 16TA Card .....................122
Table 6-26 Description of the 16TA Card Panel...............................................124
Table 6-27 Optical Interface Specifications of the 16TA Card ..........................124
Table 6-28 4GFC Optical Interface Specifications of the 16TA Card ................125
Table 6-29 Mechanical Parameters of the 16TA Card......................................125
Table 6-30 Power Consumption of the 16TA Card...........................................126
Table 6-31 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 2TA2 Card .....................127
Table 6-32 Description of the 2TA2 Card Panel...............................................129
Table 6-33 Optical Interface Specifications of the 2TA2 Card ..........................129
Table 6-34 Mechanical Parameters of the 2TA2 Card......................................130
Table 6-35 Power Consumption of the 2TA2 Card...........................................130
Table 6-36 The 4TA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity .....................132
Table 6-37 Descriptions of the 4TA2 Card Panel .............................................134
Table 6-38 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4TA2 Card ..........................134
Table 6-39 Mechanical Parameters of the 4TA2 Card......................................135
Table 6-40 Power Consumption of the 4TA2 Card...........................................135
Table 6-41 The 4TEA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity...................137
Table 6-42 Descriptions of the 4TEA2 Card Panel ..........................................139
Table 6-43 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4TEA2 Card ........................139
Table 6-44 Mechanical Parameters of the 4TEA2 Card ...................................140
Table 6-45 Power Consumption of the 4TEA2 Card ........................................140
Table 6-46 The 8TEA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity...................142
Table 6-47 Descriptions of the 8TEA2 Card Panel ..........................................144
Table 6-48 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TEA2 Card ........................144
Table 6-49 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TEA2 Card ...................................145
Table 6-50 Power Consumption of the 8TEA2 Card ........................................145
Table 6-51 The 8TA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity .....................147
Table 6-52 Descriptions of the 8TA2 Card Panel .............................................149
Table 6-53 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TA2 Card ..........................149
Table 6-54 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TA2 Card......................................150
Table 6-55 Power Consumption of the 8TA2 Card...........................................150
Table 6-56 The 10TA2 Card’s Service Type and Quantity................................151
Table 6-57 The 10TA2 Card Panel..................................................................154
Table 6-58 Optical Interface Specifications of the 10TA2 Card.........................154
Table 6-59 Mechanical Parameters of the 10TA2 Card....................................155
Table 6-60 Power Consumption of the 10TA2 Card.........................................155
Table 6-61 The TA3 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity .......................156
Table 6-62 Descriptions of the TA3 Card Panel ...............................................158
Table 6-63 Optical Interface Specifications of the TA3 Card ............................158
Table 6-64 Mechanical Parameters of the TA3 Card .......................................159
Table 6-65 Power Consumption of the TA3 Card.............................................159
Table 6-66 The ETA3 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity .....................160
Table 6-67 Description of the ETA3 Card Panel ..............................................162
Table 6-68 Optical Interface Specifications of the ETA3 Card ..........................162
Table 6-69 Mechanical Parameters of the ETA3 Card .....................................163
Table 6-70 Power Consumption of the ETA3 Card ..........................................163
Table 6-71 The TA4 Card’s Service Type and Quantity ...................................164
Table 6-72 The TA4 Card Panel .....................................................................166
Table 6-73 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the TA4 Card ....166
Table 6-74 Mechanical Parameters of the TA4 Card .......................................167
Table 6-75 Power Consumption of the TA4 Card.............................................167
Table 6-76 Access Service Type and Quantity of the TGX Card ......................169
Table 6-77 Description of the TGX Card Panel................................................171
Table 6-78 Optical Interface Specifications of the TGX Card ...........................171
Table 6-79 Mechanical Parameters of the TGX Card ......................................172
Table 6-80 Power Consumption of the TGX Card............................................172
Table 6-81 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 8EF Card .......................173
Table 6-82 Description of the 8EF Card Panel ................................................176
Table 6-83 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8EF Card ............................176
Table 6-84 Mechanical Parameters of the 8EF Card .......................................177
Table 6-85 Power Consumption of the 8EF Card ............................................177
Table 6-86 The Cross-connect Card Panel .....................................................180
Table 6-87 Description for the MXCU / SXCU Card Panel ...............................181
Table 6-88 Mechanical Parameters of the MXCU / SXCU Cards .....................181
Table 6-89 Power Consumption of the MXCU / SXCU Cards ..........................181
Table 6-90 The LMS2E Card’s Service Type and Quantity ..............................183
Table 6-91 Description of the LMS2E Card Panel ...........................................185
Table 6-92 Optical Interface Specifications of the LMS2E Card .......................185
Table 6-93 Mechanical Parameters of the LMS2E Card ..................................186
Table 6-94 Power Consumption of the LMS2E Card .......................................186
Table 6-95 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 2LMS2E Card ................188
Table 6-96 Description of the 2LMS2E Card Panel .........................................190
Table 6-97 Optical Interface Specifications of the 2LMS2E Card .....................190
Table 6-98 Mechanical Parameters of the 2LMS2E Card ................................191
Table 6-99 Power Consumption of the 2LMS2E Card .....................................191
Table 6-100 The 4LXA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity ...................193
Table 6-101 Descriptions of the 4LXA2 Card Panel...........................................196
Table 6-102 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4LXA2 Card ........................196
Table 6-103 Mechanical Parameters of the 4LXA2 Card ...................................197
Table 6-104 Power Consumption of the 4LXA2 Card ........................................197
Table 6-105 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 2LA2 Card .....................199
Table 6-106 Description of the 2LA2 Card Panel...............................................201
Table 6-107 Optical Interface Specifications of the 2LA2 Card ..........................201
Table 6-108 Mechanical Parameters of the 2LA2 Card .....................................202
Table 6-109 Power Consumption of the 2LA2 Card...........................................202
Table 6-110 The 4LA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity .....................204
Table 6-111 Descriptions of the 4LA2 Card Panel .............................................206
Table 6-112 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4LA2 Card ..........................206
Table 6-113 Mechanical Parameters of the 4LA2 Card .....................................207
Table 6-114 Power Consumption of the 4LA2 Card...........................................207
Table 6-115 The 4TEL2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity ...................209
Table 6-116 Descriptions of the 4TEL2 Card Panel........................................... 211
Table 6-117 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4TEL2 Card ........................ 211
Table 6-118 Mechanical Parameters of the 4TEL2 Card ...................................212
Table 6-119 Power Consumption of the 4TEL2 Card.........................................212
Table 6-120 The 8LA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity .....................214
Table 6-121 Descriptions of the 8LA2 Card Panel .............................................216
Table 6-122 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8LA2 Card ..........................216
Table 6-123 Mechanical Parameters of the 8LA2 Card .....................................217
Table 6-124 Power Consumption of the 8LA2 Card...........................................217
Table 6-125 The LMS3E Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity ..................219
Table 6-126 Descriptions of the LMS3E Card Panel..........................................221
Table 6-127 Optical Interface Specifications of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot) ..221
Table 6-128 Specifications of the Built-in PA of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot) ..222
Table 6-129 Specifications of the Built-in TDCM of the LMS3E Card (Double-
slot) ..............................................................................................223
Table 6-130 Mechanical Parameters of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot)..............223
Table 6-131 Power Consumption of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot)...................223
Table 6-132 Optical Interface Specifications of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot)....223
Table 6-133 Specifications of the Built-in PA of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot)....224
Table 6-134 Specifications of the Built-in TDCM of the LMS3E Card (Single-
slot) ..............................................................................................225
Table 6-135 Mechanical Parameters of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot) ...............225
Table 6-136 Power Consumption of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot) ....................225
Table 6-137 The LMS4E Card’s Service Access Capacity.................................227
Table 6-138 The LMS4E Card Panel ................................................................229
Table 6-139 Specifications of Wavelength Division Side Optical Interfaces on the
LMS4E Card.................................................................................229
Table 6-140 Mechanical Parameters of the LMS4E Card ..................................230
Table 6-141 Power Consumption of the LMS4E Card .......................................230
Table 6-142 Access Service Type and Quantity of the MST2 Card ....................233
Table 6-143 Description of the MST2 Card Panel..............................................235
Table 6-144 Client Side Interface Specifications of the MST2 Card (STM-16 /
OTU1 Service)..............................................................................235
Table 6-145 Specifications of Client Side Interfaces on the MST2 Card (GE
Service) ........................................................................................236
Table 6-146 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the MST2 Card .237
Table 6-147 Mechanical Parameters of the MST2 Card ....................................237
Table 6-148 Power Consumption of the MST2 Card..........................................237
Table 6-149 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU2S Card..................239
Table 6-150 Description of the OTU2S Card Panel ...........................................241
Table 6-151 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2S
Card .............................................................................................241
Table 6-152 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2S
Card .............................................................................................242
Table 6-153 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU2S Card ..................................242
Table 6-154 Power Consumption of the OTU2S Card .......................................243
Table 6-155 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 2OTU2S Card................245
Table 6-156 Description of the 2OTU2S Card Panel .........................................247
Table 6-157 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the 2OTU2S
Card .............................................................................................247
Table 6-158 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the 2OTU2S
Card .............................................................................................248
Table 6-159 Mechanical Parameters of the 2OTU2S Card ................................249
Table 6-160 Power Consumption of the 2OTU2S Card .....................................249
Table 6-161 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 4OTU2S Card................251
Table 6-162 The 4OTU2S Card Panel ..............................................................253
Table 6-163 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the 4OTU2S
Card .............................................................................................253
Table 6-164 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interface on the 4OTU2S
Card .............................................................................................254
Table 6-165 Mechanical Parameters of the 4OTU2S Card ................................255
Table 6-166 Power Consumption of the 4OTU2S Card .....................................255
Table 6-167 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU2E Card..................257
Table 6-168 Description of the OTU2E Card Panel ...........................................259
Table 6-169 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2E
Card .............................................................................................259
Table 6-170 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2E
Card .............................................................................................260
Table 6-171 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU2E Card ..................................261
Table 6-172 Power Consumption of the OTU2E Card .......................................261
Table 6-173 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU2F Card ..................263
Table 6-174 Description of the OTU2F Card Panel ...........................................265
Table 6-175 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2F
Card .............................................................................................265
Table 6-176 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU2F Card ..................................266
Table 6-177 Power Consumption of the OTU2F Card .......................................266
Table 6-178 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU3S Card..................268
Table 6-179 Description of the OTU3S Card Panel ...........................................271
Table 6-180 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3S
Card .............................................................................................271
Table 6-181 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3S
Card .............................................................................................272
Table 6-182 Specifications of the Built-in PA of the OTU3S Card.......................273
Table 6-183 Specifications of the Built-in TDCM of the OTU3S Card .................273
Table 6-184 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU3S Card ..................................273
Table 6-185 Power Consumption of the OTU3S Card .......................................274
Table 6-186 Access Service and Quantity of the OTU3S Card (Coherent).........275
Table 6-187 Descriptions on the OTU3S Card (Coherent) Panel .......................278
Table 6-188 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3S Card
(Coherent) ....................................................................................278
Table 6-189 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interface on the OTU3S Card
(Coherent) ....................................................................................279
Table 6-190 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU3S (Coherent) Card.................280
Table 6-191 Power Consumption of the OTU3S Card (Coherent)......................280
Table 6-192 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU3E Card..................282
Table 6-193 Description of the OTU3E Card Panel ...........................................284
Table 6-194 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3E
Card .............................................................................................284
Table 6-195 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3E
Card .............................................................................................285
Table 6-196 Specifications of the Built-in PA of the OTU3E Card.......................286
Table 6-197 Specifications of the Built-in TDCM of the OTU3E Card .................287
Table 6-198 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU3E Card ..................................287
Table 6-199 Power Consumption of the OTU3E Card .......................................287
Table 6-200 Access Service and Quantity of the OTU3S Card (Coherent).........289
Table 6-201 Descriptions on the OTU3E Card (Coherent) Panel .......................291
Table 6-202 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interface on the OTU3E Card
(Coherent) ....................................................................................291
Table 6-203 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interface on the OTU3E Card
(Coherent) ....................................................................................292
Table 6-204 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU3E (Coherent) Card.................293
Table 6-205 Power Consumption of the OTU3E Card (Coherent)......................293
Table 6-206 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU3F Card ..................295
Table 6-207 The OTU3F Card Panel ................................................................297
Table 6-208 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3F
Card .............................................................................................297
Table 6-209 Specifications of the Built-in PA Module of the OTU3F Card...........298
Table 6-210 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU3F Card ..................................299
Table 6-211 Power Consumption of the OTU3F Card .......................................299
Table 6-212 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU4S Card..................301
Table 6-213 Description of the OTU4S Card Panel ...........................................303
Table 6-214 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4S
Card .............................................................................................303
Table 6-215 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4S
Card .............................................................................................304
Table 6-216 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU4S Card ..................................305
Table 6-217 Power Consumption of the OTU4S Card .......................................305
Table 6-218 The OTU4E Card’s Service Type and Quantity ..............................307
Table 6-219 Description of the OTU4E Card Panel ...........................................309
Table 6-220 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4E
Card .............................................................................................309
Table 6-221 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4E
Card .............................................................................................310
Table 6-222 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU4E Card .................................. 311
Table 6-223 Power Consumption of the OTU4E Card ....................................... 311
Table 6-224 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU4F Card ..................313
Table 6-225 Description of the OTU4F Card Panel ...........................................315
Table 6-226 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4F
Card .............................................................................................315
Table 6-227 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU4F Card ..................................316
Table 6-228 Power Consumption of the OTU4F Card .......................................316
Table 6-229 The OMU Series of Cards and Functions ......................................318
Table 6-230 Description of the OMU Series of Card Panels...............................322
Table 6-231 Specifications of the OMU Series of Cards ....................................323
Table 6-232 Mechanical Parameters of the OMU Series of Cards .....................323
Table 6-233 Power Consumption of the OMU Series of Cards ..........................323
Table 6-234 The VMU Series of Cards and Functions.......................................324
Table 6-235 Description of the VMU Series of Card Panels ...............................329
Table 6-236 Specifications of the VMU Series of Cards.....................................330
Table 6-237 Mechanical Parameters of the VMU Series of Cards......................330
Table 6-238 Power Consumption of the VMU Series of Cards...........................330
Table 6-239 Functions of the ODU Series of Cards ...........................................331
Table 6-240 Description of the ODU Series of Card Panels ...............................335
Table 6-241 Specifications of the ODU Series of Cards.....................................336
Table 6-242 Mechanical Parameters of the ODU Series of Cards......................337
Table 6-243 Power Consumption of the ODU Series of Cards...........................337
Table 6-244 Description of the WDM2 Card Panel ............................................342
Table 6-245 Specifications of the WDM2 Card ..................................................342
Table 6-246 Mechanical Parameters of the WDM2 Card ...................................343
Table 6-247 Power Consumption of the WDM2 Card ........................................343
Table 6-248 Description of the ITL50 Card Panel ..............................................346
Table 6-249 Specifications of the ITL50 Card....................................................347
Table 6-250 Mechanical Parameters of the ITL50 Card.....................................348
Table 6-251 Power Consumption of the ITL50 Card ..........................................348
Table 6-252 Description of the OSCAD Card Panel ..........................................351
Table 6-253 Specifications of the OSCAD Card ................................................352
Table 6-254 Mechanical Parameters of the OSCAD Card .................................352
Table 6-255 Power Consumption of the OSCAD Card ......................................353
Table 6-256 Description of the EOSAD Card Panel...........................................357
Table 6-257 Specifications of the EOSAD Card ................................................358
Table 6-258 Mechanical Parameters of the EOSAD Card .................................358
Table 6-259 Power Consumption of the EOSAD Card.......................................358
Table 6-260 Description of the WOSAD Card Panel..........................................362
Table 6-261 Specifications of the WOSAD Card ...............................................363
Table 6-262 Mechanical Parameters of the WOSAD Card ................................363
Table 6-263 Power Consumption of the WOSAD Card......................................363
Table 6-264 Description of the BIDI Card Panel ................................................367
Table 6-265 Specifications of the BIDI Card......................................................368
Table 6-266 Mechanical Parameters of the BIDI Card.......................................368
Table 6-267 Power Consumption of the BIDI Card ............................................368
Table 6-268 Description of the WSS8M and WSS4M Card Panels ....................373
Table 6-269 Specifications of the WSS8M / WSS4M Card ................................374
Table 6-270 Mechanical Parameters of the WSS8M / WSS4M Card .................374
Table 6-271 Power Consumption of the WSS8M / WSS4M Card.......................375
Table 6-272 Description of the WSS8D and the WSS4D Card Panels ...............378
Table 6-273 Specifications of the WSS8D / WSS4D Card .................................379
Table 6-274 Mechanical Parameters of the WSS8D / WSS4D Card ..................379
Table 6-275 Power Consumption of the WSS8D / WSS4D Card .......................379
Table 6-276 Description of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card Panel.............................384
Table 6-277 Specifications of the SOAD8 Card.................................................385
Table 6-278 Mechanical Parameters of the SOAD8 Card..................................385
Table 6-279 Power Consumption of the SOAD8 Card .......................................385
Table 6-280 Specifications of the SOAD4 Card.................................................385
Table 6-281 Mechanical Parameters of the SOAD4 Card..................................386
Table 6-282 Power Consumption of the SOAD4 Card .......................................386
Table 6-283 Description of the FWSS8M and FWSS20M Card Panels ..............391
Table 6-284 Specifications of the FWSS8M Card..............................................392
Table 6-285 Specifications of the FWSS20M Card............................................392
Table 6-286 Mechanical Parameters of the FWSS8M / FWSS20M Card ...........392
Table 6-287 Power Consumption of the FWSS8M / FWSS20M Card ................393
Table 6-288 Description of the FWSS8D and FWSS20D Card Panels...............397
Table 6-289 Specifications of the FWSS8D Card ..............................................398
Table 6-290 Specifications of the FWSS20D Card ............................................398
Table 6-291 Mechanical Parameters of the FWSS8D / FWSS20D Card ............398
Table 6-292 Power Consumption of the FWSS8D / FWSS20D Card .................399
Table 6-293 Description of the WSS8DT, WSS8MR and ODU8T Card Panels...406
Table 6-294 Specifications of the WSS8MR Card .............................................407
Table 6-295 Specifications of the WSS8DT Card ..............................................407
Table 6-296 Specifications of the ODU8T Card.................................................408
Table 6-297 Mechanical Parameters of the WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T
Card .............................................................................................408
Table 6-298 Power Consumption of the WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T Card ....409
Table 6-299 Description of the WSS8T and WSS20T Card Panels ....................412
Table 6-300 Specifications of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card ................................412
Table 6-301 Mechanical Parameters of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card .................413
Table 6-302 Power Consumption of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card ......................413
Table 6-303 Functions of the OA / PA / HOA Card ............................................415
Table 6-304 Description of the OA / PA / HOA Card Panel ................................418
Table 6-305 Specifications of the OA Card .......................................................419
Table 6-306 Specifications of the PA Card ........................................................419
Table 6-307 Specifications of the HOA Card .....................................................420
Table 6-308 Mechanical Parameters of the OA / PA / HOA Card .......................421
Table 6-309 Power Consumption of the OA / PA / HOA Card ............................421
Table 6-310 Description of the VGA Card Panel ...............................................425
Table 6-311 Common Specifications of the VGA Card ......................................425
Table 6-312 VGFA481521-11 ...........................................................................427
Table 6-313 VGFA482221-11 ...........................................................................428
Table 6-314 VGFA482821-11 ...........................................................................428
Table 6-315 Mechanical Parameters of the VGA Card ......................................428
Table 6-316 Power Consumption of the VGA Card ...........................................429
Table 6-317 Description of the MSA Card Panel ...............................................434
Table 6-318 Specifications of the MSA Card (Saturation Output of 21 dBm) ......435
Table 6-319 Specifications of the MSA Card (Saturation Output of 24 dBm) ......436
Table 6-320 Mechanical Parameters of the MSA Card ......................................437
Table 6-321 Power Consumption of the MSA Card ...........................................437
Table 6-322 Description of the RAU_B and the RAU_F Card Panels.................442
Table 6-323 Specifications of the RAU Cards ...................................................443
Table 6-324 Mechanical Parameters of the RAU_B / RAU_F Card ....................444
Table 6-325 Power Consumption of the RAU_B / RAU_F Card .........................444
Table 6-326 Description of the ROA Card Panel ...............................................450
Table 6-327 Specifications of the ROA Card .....................................................451
Table 6-328 Mechanical Parameters of the ROA Card ......................................451
Table 6-329 Power Consumption of the ROA Card ...........................................451
Table 6-330 Description of the RGU Panel .......................................................453
Table 6-331 Description of the OCP Card Panel ...............................................459
Table 6-332 Specifications of the OCP Card .....................................................460
Table 6-333 Mechanical Parameters of the OCP Card ......................................460
Table 6-334 Power Consumption of the OCP card ............................................460
Table 6-335 Description of the OMSP Card Panel.............................................465
Table 6-336 Specifications of the OMSP Card ..................................................466
Table 6-337 Mechanical Parameters of the OMSP Card ...................................466
Table 6-338 Power Consumption of the OMSP card .........................................466
Table 6-339 Description of the OLP (1:1) Card Panel ........................................471
Table 6-340 Specifications of the OLP (1:1) Card..............................................472
Table 6-341 Mechanical Parameters of the OLP (1:1) Card...............................472
Table 6-342 Power Consumption of the OLP (1:1) Card ....................................473
Table 6-343 Description of the OLP (1+1) Card Panel.......................................478
Table 6-344 Specifications of the OLP (1+1) Card ............................................479
Table 6-345 Mechanical Parameters of the OLP (1+1) Card..............................479
Table 6-346 Power Consumption of the OLP (1+1) Card...................................480
Table 6-347 Description of the OSC Card Panel ...............................................485
Table 6-348 Optical Interface Specifications of the OSC Card ...........................486
Table 6-349 E1 Electrical Interface Specifications of the OSC Card (2048 kbit/
s)..................................................................................................487
Table 6-350 E1 Electrical Interface Specifications of the OSC Card (2048 kHz).488
Table 6-351 Mechanical Parameters of the OSC Card ......................................488
Table 6-352 Power Consumption of the OSC Card ...........................................488
Table 6-353 Description of the EOSC Card Panel .............................................493
Table 6-354 Clock Interface Specifications of the EOSC Card...........................495
Table 6-355 GE Optical Interface Specifications of the EOSC Card...................495
Table 6-356 Mechanical Parameters of the EOSC Card....................................496
Table 6-357 Power Consumption of the EOSC Card .........................................496
Table 6-358 Description of the FOSC Card Panel .............................................500
Table 6-359 Major Interface Specifications of the FOSC Card ...........................502
Table 6-360 Mechanical Parameters of the FOSC Card ....................................503
Table 6-361 Power Consumption of the FOSC Card .........................................503
Table 6-362 Description of the BEOSC Card Panel...........................................509
Table 6-363 Optical Interface Specifications of the BEOSC Card ...................... 511
Table 6-364 GE Optical Interface Specifications of the BEOSC Card ................ 511
Table 6-365 Mechanical Parameters of the BEOSC Card .................................512
Table 6-366 Power Consumption of the BEOSC Card.......................................512
Table 6-367 Description of the OPM4 / OPM8 Card Panel ................................515
Table 6-368 Specifications of the OPM4 / OPM8 Card ......................................515
Table 6-369 Mechanical Parameters of the OPM4 / OPM8 Card .......................516
Table 6-370 Power Consumption of the OPM4 / OPM8 Card ............................516
Table 6-371 Description of the OTDR8 Card Panel ...........................................520
Table 6-372 Specifications of the OTDR8 Card.................................................520
Table 6-373 Mechanical Parameters of the OTDR8 Card..................................521
Table 6-374 Power Consumption of the OTDR8 Card .......................................521
Table 6-375 Description of the DGE Card Panel ...............................................525
Table 6-376 Mechanical Parameters of the DGE Card ......................................525
Table 6-377 Power Consumption of the DGE Card ...........................................525
Table 6-378 The Configuration Rules of the GFF Card......................................526
Table 6-379 Description of the GFF Card Panel ................................................529
Table 6-380 Mechanical Parameters of the GFF Card.......................................529
Table 6-381 Power Consumption of the GFF Card............................................529
Table 6-382 Description of the EMU Card Panel ...............................................534
Table 6-383 Mechanical Parameters of the EMU / FCU / EFCU Card ................538
Table 6-384 Power Consumption of the EMU Card ...........................................538
Table 6-385 Mechanical Parameters of the FCU Card ......................................540
Table 6-386 Power Consumption of the FCU Card............................................540
Table 6-387 Mechanical Parameters of the EFCU Card ....................................543
Table 6-388 Power Consumption of the EFCU Card .........................................544
Table 6-389 The EMVU Card Panel..................................................................548
Table 6-390 Mechanical Parameters of the EMVU Card....................................550
Table 6-391 Power Consumption of the EMVU Card.........................................550
Table 6-392 Mechanical Parameters of the EFCVU Card..................................553
Table 6-393 Power Concumption of the EFCVU Card .......................................553
Table 6-394 Mechanical Parameters of the FCVU Card ....................................555
Table 6-395 Power Consumption of the FCVU Card .........................................555
Table 6-396 Description of the ASCU Card Panel .............................................559
Table 6-397 Mechanical Parameters of the ASCU Card ....................................561
Table 6-398 Power Consumption of the ASCU Card .........................................561
Table 6-399 Mechanical Parameters of the SCU Card ......................................563
Table 6-400 Power Consumption of the SCU Card ...........................................563
Table 6-401 Description of the AIF Card Panel .................................................565
Table 6-402 Connectors on Interfaces of the AIF Card ......................................565
Table 6-403 Mechanical Parameters of the AIF Card ........................................566
Table 6-404 Power Consumption of the AIF Card .............................................567
Table 6-405 Description of the EAIF Card Panel ...............................................569
Table 6-406 Definition for the Interface's Connectors on the EAIF Card .............570
Table 6-407 Mechanical Parameters of the EAIF Card ......................................571
Table 6-408 Power Consumption of the EAIF Card ...........................................571
Table 6-409 The CAIF1 Card Panel..................................................................575
Table 6-410 Terminals on interfaces of the CAIF1 card .....................................576
Table 6-411 Mechanical Parameters of the CAIF1 Card....................................576
Table 6-412 Power Consumption of the CAIF1 Card .........................................576
Table 6-413 The CAIF2 Card Panel..................................................................580
Table 6-414 Terminals on Interfaces of the CAIF2 Card ....................................581
Table 6-415 Mechanical Parameters of the CAIF2 Card....................................581
Table 6-416 Power Consumption of the CAIF2 Card .........................................581
Table 6-417 The CTU Card Panel ....................................................................585
Table 6-418 Terminals on Interfaces of the CTU Card .......................................585
Table 6-419 Mechanical Parameters of the CTU Card ......................................586
Table 6-420 Power Consumption of the CTU Card............................................586
Table 6-421 The PWRV Card Panel .................................................................587
Table 6-422 Mechanical Parameters of the PWRV Card ...................................588
Table 6-423 Power Consumption of the PWRV Card ........................................588
Table 6-424 Description of the PWR Card Panel...............................................590
Table 6-425 Mechanical Parameters of the PWR Card .....................................591
Table 6-426 Power Consumption of the PWR Card...........................................591
Table 6-427 G.652 Optical Fiber–DCM Specifications.......................................593
Table 6-428 The G.655 Fiber - DCM Specifications ..........................................593
Table 6-429 Mechanical Parameters of the DCM ..............................................593
Table 7-1 Cabinet Power Cable (for the PDP 3000064).................................595
Table 7-2 Connection Relationship of the Cabinet Power Cable (for the PDP
3000064) ......................................................................................596
Table 7-3 The Cabinet Power Cable for the PDP 3000068 ............................597
Table 7-4 Connection Relationship of the Cabinet Power Cable (for the PDP
3000068) ......................................................................................598
Table 7-5 Description for the Cabinet Power Cables (to PDP-3000078).........599
Table 7-6 The Connection of the Cabinet Power Cable (PDP-3000078) ........600
Table 7-7 Connection of the Subrack Power Cable with the PDP 3000064 ....603
Table 7-8 Connection of the Subrack Power Cable with the PDP 3000068 ....604
Table 7-9 The Connection of the Subrack Power Cable (to PDP-3000078)....606
Table 7-10 Connection Relationship of the Cabinet Protection Earth Ground
Cable (for PDP 3000064) ..............................................................608
Table 7-11 Connection Relationship of the Cabinet Protection Earth Ground
Cable (for the PDP 3000068) ........................................................609
Table 7-12 Connection of the Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable (to PDP-
3000078) ...................................................................................... 611
Table 7-13 Connection of the Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable ............612
Table 7-14 Connection of the Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet..........613
Table 7-15 Connection Relationship of the Subrack Alarm Cable (for the PDP
3000068) ......................................................................................614
Table 7-16 Connection of the Subrack Alarm Cable with the PDP 3000064 .....616
Table 7-17 Connection of the Subrack Alarm Cable (to PDP-3000078) ...........618
Table 7-18 Connection of the Alarm Cable for the PDP (3000064) ..................619
Table 7-19 Connection of the Alarm Cable for the PDP (3000078) ..................619
Table 7-20 The Definition for the Pins of the External Clock Cable...................620
Table 7-21 Description of the External Clock Cable Connection ......................621
Table 7-22 Pinout and Wiring for the DE-9P Connector of the E1 Cable (75 Ω) 622
Table 7-23 Pinout and Wiring for the DE-9P Connector of the E1 Cable (120
Ω) .................................................................................................623
Table 7-24 Connection of the E1 Cable...........................................................623
Table 7-25 Interconnection of Network Cables between Subracks...................626
Table 7-26 Pinout and Wiring of the RJ-45 Cable for the CTR Interface ...........627
Table 7-27 Pinout and Wiring of the RJ-45 Cable for the MON Interface ..........627
Table 7-28 Cable Pinout and Wiring for the HK Interface .................................629
Table 7-29 The Fiber Connector Diagram .......................................................634
Table A-1 Summary of Card Numbers...........................................................636
1 Cabinet

The following introduces the FONST 5000 cabinet.

300 mm Deep Cabinet

600 mm Deep Cabinet

Version: D 1
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

1.1 300 mm Deep Cabinet

The following introduces the code, appearance, structure, equipment layout, and
technical parameters of the 300 mm deep cabinet.

1.1.1 Type

FiberHome provides four types of 300 mm-deep cabinets for the FONST 5000.

Cabinet Type Cabinet Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm)

4102661 1600 × 600 × 300


4102662 2000 × 600 × 300
4102663 2200 × 600 × 300
4102664 2600 × 600 × 300

1.1.2 Appearance

The cabinet is used to contain subracks, the PDP and the DCM supporting plate, as
well as implements cabling (wires, cables and fibers), anti-dust, and equipment
protection functions.

The appearance of the 300 mm-deep cabinet is shown in Figure 1-1.

2 Version: D
1 Cabinet

Figure 1-1 Appearance of the 300 mm-deep Cabinet

1.1.3 Structure

The following introduces the main components of a 300 mm-deep cabinet.

The 300 mm-deep cabinet used by the FONST 5000 is mainly composed of the
cabinet body, front door, side doors and rear door.

Version: D 3
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u The cabinet body consists of four vertical mounting flanges, the cabinet top, the
cabinet base, slide rails and fastenings between the vertical mounting flanges.
Detachable cover plates are used at the cabinet top and bottom so that wires
and cables can go through the wiring holes easily.

u The cabinet doors include the front door, the side doors and the rear door. All of
them can be removed from the cabinet (to facilitate the cable arrangement).

See Figure 1-2 for the exploded view of the 300 mm-deep cabinet.

(1) Side door (2) Rear door (3) Cabinet body (4) Front door

Figure 1-2 Exploded View of the 300 mm-deep Cabinet

4 Version: D
1 Cabinet

Cabinets of different specifications have similar appearance and structure, different


from each other only in height. Figure 1-3 shows the structure of a 2200 mm-high
cabinet. The locations and names of the main cabinet components are marked in
the figure.

Version: D 5
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

(1) Wiring hole (top) (2) Indicator LED (3) ESD protection (4) Rear door
earth ground fastener

(5) Wiring channel (6) Mounting hole on (7) Wiring hole (8) Ventilation hole
the vertical mounting (bottom) (bottom)
flanges

(9) Mounting hole for (10) Ventilation hole


the top-connection (top)
bent angle bracket

Figure 1-3 Overall View of the 300 mm-deep Cabinet

6 Version: D
1 Cabinet

Table 1-1 lists the name and function of each component of the 300 mm-deep
cabinet.

Table 1-1 Names and Functions of Components of the 300 mm-deep Cabinet

Number Name Function


For leading in and out all wires and cables in the top access
(1) Wiring hole (top)
wiring mode.

For indicating cabinet alarm information with red, green, and


(2) Indicator LED
yellow lights.

ESD protection
For securing the ESD protection wrist strap to prevent
(3) earth ground
damage to equipment caused by electrostatic discharge.
fastener
Protects the subrack and prevents the dust from entering the
(4) Rear door
cabinet.
(5) Wiring channel Lays wires and cables.

Mounting hole on
(6) the vertical For securing the subrack and PDP in the cabinet.
mounting flanges

Wiring hole For leading in and out all wires and cables in the floor
(7)
(bottom) access wiring mode.

Ventilation hole Located on the cabinet bottom, for ventilation and air cooling
(8)
(bottom) of the cabinet.
Mounting hole for
the top- For installing the top-connection bent angle bracket on the
(9)
connection bent cabinet top.
angle bracket

Ventilation hole Located on the cabinet top, for ventilation and air cooling of
(10)
(top) the cabinet.

The indicator LEDs for a 300 mm-deep cabinet are located on the cabinet top. They
indicate the equipment power supply status and the levels of the alarms currently
generated by the equipment. Users can have an idea about the current operating
status of the equipment by observing the cabinet indicator LEDs.

Three indicator LEDs are on the 300 mm-deep cabinet. Table 1-2 introduces the
statuses of each indicator LED.

Version: D 7
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 1-2 Introduction to Indicator LEDs on the 300 mm-deep Cabinet

Indicator LED Status Description

The equipment has a normal input of power


ON
supply.
Green
The equipment has no input of power
OFF
supply.

A critical alarm or major alarm occurs in the


ON
Critical alarm / major alarm equipment.
indicator LED – red The equipment has no critical alarm or
OFF
major alarm.

Minor alarm indicator LED – ON A minor alarm occurs in the equipment.


yellow OFF The equipment has no minor alarm.

1.1.4 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000

The layout of the FONST 5000 varies when cabinets of different specifications such
as 2600 mm, 2200 mm, 2000 mm, are used. Select the right configuration diagram
according to the practical subrack configuration on site.

Follow the installation guidelines below for the equipment layout:

u Select the right equipment layout diagram with regard to the cabinet
specifications and arrange the subracks accordingly.

u The spaces marked as empty are for air cooling of the equipment and cannot
be occupied.

u If the cabinet is not equipped with a DCM, keep the corresponding position for
DCM empty and the positions for subracks unchanged.

u When the channel subrack is configured with a 100G card, users should use
the 3000064 / 3000078 type of the PDP. Keep the ambient temperature below
40℃ in a long period and below 45℃ in a short period.

u The reversed height of the PDP is 150 mm. If the actual height of the PDP is
less than 150 mm, the PDP should be installed against the cabinet top.

8 Version: D
1 Cabinet

2600 mm Cabinet

The WDM subrack configuration of the the 2600 mm cabinet (300 mm deep) is
shown in Figure 1-4 (unit: mm).

Figure 1-4 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High and 300 mm Deep Cabinet

When installing the equipment, you should keep the following principles.

u When configuring three WDM subracks (without 100G cards), operate


according to Figure (A).

u When configuring four WDM subracks (without 100G cards), operate according
to Figure (B). This configuration mode is not recommended; if it is used, keep
the ambient temperature below 40℃ in a long period and below 45℃ in a short
period.

u When configuring three WDM subracks (with 100G cards), operate according
to Figure (C).

Version: D 9
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2200mm Cabinet

The WDM subrack configuration of the the 2200 mm cabinet (300 mm deep) is
shown in Figure 1-5 (unit: mm).

Figure 1-5 Equipment Layout of a 2200 mm High and 300 mm Deep Cabinet

When installing the equipment, you should keep the following principles.

u When configuring three WDM subracks (without 100G cards), operate


according to Figure (A).

u When configuring four WDM subracks (with 100G cards), operate according to
Figure (B). if this mode is used, keep the ambient temperature below 35℃ in a
long period and below 40℃ in a short period

2000mm Cabinet

The WDM subrack configuration of the the 2000 mm cabinet (300 mm deep) is
shown in Figure 1-6 (unit: mm).

10 Version: D
1 Cabinet

Figure 1-6 Equipment Layout of a 2000 mm High and 300 mm Deep Cabinet

When installing the equipment, you should keep the following principles: When
configuring two WDM subracks (with100G cards), operate according to the previous
figure.

1.1.5 Technical Parameter

The 300 mm-deep cabinet technical parameters include dimensions, weights, etc.
See Table 1-3.

Table 1-3 Technical Parameters of the 300 mm Deep Cabinet

Item Dimensions (H × W ×D) (mm) Weight (kg)

1600 × 600 × 300 51


300 mm deep cabinet 2000 × 600 × 300 61
2200 × 600 × 300 66

Version: D 11
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 1-3 Technical Parameters of the 300 mm Deep Cabinet (Continued)

Item Dimensions (H × W ×D) (mm) Weight (kg)

2600 × 600 × 300 76

1.2 600 mm Deep Cabinet

The following introduces the code, appearance, structure, equipment layout, and
technical parameters of the cabinet (600 mm deep).

1.2.1 Type

We provide four types of 600 mm deep cabinets of the FONST 5000.

Cabinet Number Cabinet Dimension (Height×Width×Depth) (mm)

404000096 1600×600×600
404000097 2000×600×600
404000098 2200×600×600
404000099 2600×600×600

1.2.2 Appearance

The cabinet accommodates the subrack, the PDP and the DCM supporting plate
and performs wiring, anti-dust and equipment level protection.

The cabinet (600mm deep) appearance is shown in Figure 1-7.

12 Version: D
1 Cabinet

Figure 1-7 Cabinet Appearance (600mm deep)

1.2.3 Structure

The following introduces the main components of the cabinet (600mm deep).

The FONST 5000 cabinet (600mm deep) is composed of the cabinet body, the front
door, the side doors, and the rear door.

Version: D 13
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u The cabinet body includes the cabinet top, the cabinet base, and the vertical
mounting flange. Both the cabinet top and base use the structure of plastic net
for letting in and out wires and cables.

u The cabinet doors include the front door, the side doors and the rear door. All of
them can be removed from the cabinet for easy access to the internal
equipment (for the convenience of the layout of the wires and cables).

See Figure 1-8 for the exploded view of the cabinet (600mm deep).

14 Version: D
1 Cabinet

(1) Front door (2) Side door (3) Cabinet body (4) Rear door

Figure 1-8 The Exploded-View of the Cabinet (600mm deep)

The outline structures of cabinets with different specifications are similiar to each
other, only differ in height. Figure 1-9 shows the structure of the 2600 mm cabinet
and marks the position and name of each main component.

Version: D 15
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

(1) Cabinet indicator (2) Mounting hole for (3) Wiring hole (top) (4) Ventilation hole
LEDs the top connection bent (top)
angle bracket

(5) ESD protection (6) Mounting hole on the (7) Floor mounting (8) Wiring hole
earth ground vertical mounting flange hole (bottom)
fastener

Figure 1-9 Structure of the Cabinet (600mm deep)

16 Version: D
1 Cabinet

Table 1-4 lists the name and function of each component of the cabinet (600mm
deep).

Table 1-4 Name and Function of Each Component of the Cabinet (600mm deep)

Number Name Function


Cabinet indicator For indicating cabinet alarm information with red, green,
(1)
LEDs and yellow lights.

Mounting hole for


For installing the top-connection bent angle bracket on the
(2) the top-connection
cabinet top.
bent angle bracket

For leading in and out all wires and cables in the top
(3) Wiring hole (top)
access wiring mode.

Ventilation hole Located on the cabinet top, for ventilation and air cooling of
(4)
(top) the cabinet.
ESD protection
For securing the ESD protection wrist strap. Avoid the
(5) earth ground
equipment damage caused by ESD.
fastener
Mounting hole on
(6) the vertical For securing the subrack and PDP in the cabinet.
mounting flanges

Located on the cabinet bottom, for connecting the cabinet


(7) Floor mounting hole and the floor or connecting the cabinet and the adjustable
cabinet base.
Wiring hole For leading in and out all wires and cables in the floor
(8)
(bottom) access wiring mode.

The indicator LEDs of the cabinet (600mm deep) are located on the cabinet top. The
LEDs indicate the equipment power supply status and the levels of the alarms
currently generated by the equipment. You can have an idea about the current
operation status of the equipment by observing the cabinet indicator LEDs.

There are three indicator LEDs on the cabinet (600mm deep). Table 1-5 introduces
the statuses of each LED.

Table 1-5 The Indicator LEDs of the Cabinet (600mm deep)

Indicator LED Status Description

The equipment has normal power


ON
Green supply.

OFF The equipment has no power supply.

Version: D 17
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 1-5 The Indicator LEDs of the Cabinet (600mm deep) (Continued)

Indicator LED Status Description

A critical alarm or major alarm occurs


ON
Critical alarm / major alarm indicator in the equipment.
LED (red) No critical alarm or major alarm
OFF
occurs on the equipment.

A minor alarm occurs in the


ON
equipment.
Minor alarm indicator LED (yellow)
No minor alarm occurs on the
OFF
equipment.

1.2.4 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000

The layout of the FONST 5000 varies when cabinets of different specifications such
as 2600 mm, 2200 mm, 2000 mm, 1600mm are used. Select the right configuration
diagram according to the practical subrack configuration on site.

Abide by the installation guidelines below for the equipment layout:

u Select the right equipment layout diagram with regard to the cabinet
specifications and arrange the subracks accordingly.

u The spaces marked as empty are for air cooling of the equipment and cannot
be occupied.

u If the cabinet is not equipped with a DCM, keep the corresponding position for
DCM empty and the positions for subracks unchanged.

u When the channel subrack is configured with a 100G card, users should use
the 3000064 / 3000078 type of the PDP. Keep the ambient temperature below
40℃ in a long period and below 45℃ in a short period.

u When the FONST 5000 OTH subrack is configured, the PDP (3000064) or the
PDP (3000078) should be used.

u The reversed height of the PDP is 150 mm. If the actual height of the PDP is
less than 150 mm, the PDP should be installed against the cabinet top.

18 Version: D
1 Cabinet

Note:

The FONST 5000 OTH subrack height is 1040 mm, occupying an


installation height of 1050 mm; the FONST 4000 OTH subrack height is
1045 mm, occupying an installation height of 1050 mm

1.2.4.1 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep


Cabinet

The following introduces the equipment layout of the 2600 mm high 600 mm deep
cabinet.

The FONST 5000 + the FONST 5000

Figure 1-10 shows the subrack layout of the 2600 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
equipped with the OTH subracks of the FONST 5000. (unit: mm).

Version: D 19
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-10 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the FONST 5000 +
the FONST 5000)

When installing the equipment, you should keep the following principles.

u When installing only one FONST 5000 OTH subrack, arrange the subrack
according to the position of OTH subrack 1 in the layout figure.

u When installing two FOSNT 5000 OTH subracks, keep the ambient
temperature below 35℃ in a long period and below 40℃ in a short period.

20 Version: D
1 Cabinet

The FONST 5000 + the FONST 4000

Figure 1-11 shows the subrack layout of the 2600 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
equipped with the FONST 5000 OTH and the FONST 4000 OTH subracks. In the
figure, OTH subrack 1 represents the FONST 5000 OTH subrack, and the OTH
subrack 2 and OTH subrack 3 represent the FONST 4000 OTH subracks (unit: mm).

Figure 1-11 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the FONST 5000 +
the FONST 4000)

When installing the equipment, you should abide by the following principles.

u When installing only one FONST 4000 OTH subrack, arrange the subrack
according to the position of OTH subrack 2 in the layout figure.

u When installing two or more OTH subracks, keep the ambient temperature
below 35℃ in a long period and below 40℃ in a short period.

Version: D 21
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The FONST 5000 + the FONST 3000

Figure 1-12 shows the subrack layout of the 2600 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
equipped with the FONST 5000 OTH and the FONST 3000 OTH subracks. In the
figure, OTH subrack 1 represents the FONST 5000 OTH subrack, and the OTH
subrack 2 and OTH subrack 3 represent the FONST 3000 OTH subracks (unit: mm).

Figure 1-12 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the FONST 5000 +
the FONST 3000)

When installing the equipment, you should abide by the following principles.

u When installing only one FONST 3000 OTH subrack, arrange the subrack
according to the position of OTH subrack 2 in the layout figure.

u When installing two or more OTH subracks, keep the ambient temperature
below 35℃ in a long period and below 40℃ in a short period.

22 Version: D
1 Cabinet

The FONST 5000 + the FONST 4000 + the FONST 3000

Figure 1-13 shows the subrack layout of the 2600 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
equipped with the FONST 5000, the FONST 4000, and the FONST 3000 OTH
subracks. In the figure, OTH subrack 1 represents the FONST 5000 OTH subrack,
and the OTH subrack 2 represents the FONST 4000 OTH subrack and OTH
subrack 3 represent the FONST 3000 subracks respectively (unit: mm).

Figure 1-13 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the FONST 5000 +
the FONST 4000 + the FONST 3000)

When installing the equipment, you should abide by the following principles.

Version: D 23
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u When installing only one FONST 3000 OTH subrack, arrange the subrack
according to the position of OTH subrack 3 in the layout figure. When installing
only one FONST 4000 OTH subrack, arrange the subrack according to the
position of OTH subrack 2 in the layout figure.

u When installing two or more OTH subracks, keep the ambient temperature
below 35℃ in a long period and below 40℃ in a short period.

The FONST 5000 + WDM (without 100G Card) (40-Channel)

Figure 1-14 shows the subrack layout of the 2600 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
equipped with the 40-channel FONST 5000 OTH subrack and WDM subrack
(without the 100G card) (unit: mm).

Figure 1-14 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the FONST 5000 +
the 40-Channel WDM)

24 Version: D
1 Cabinet

When installing the equipment, keep the following principle: Install the WDM
subracks according to the sequence from WDM subrack 1 to WDM subrack 4 in the
figure.

The FONST 5000 + WDM (without 100G Card) (80-Channel)

Figure 1-15 shows the subrack layout of the 2600 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
equipped with the 80-channel FONST 5000 OTH subrack and WDM subrack
(without the 100G card) (unit: mm).

Figure 1-15 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the FONST 5000 +
the 80-Channel WDM)

When installing the equipment, keep the following principle: Install the WDM
subracks according to the sequence from WDM subrack 1 to WDM subrack 4 in the
figure.

Version: D 25
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The FONST 5000 + WDM (with 100G Card)

Figure 1-16 shows the subrack layout of the 2600 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
equipped with the OTH subrack and WDM subrack (with the 100G card), (unit: mm).

Figure 1-16 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the FONST 5000 +
the WDM)

When installing the equipment, keep the following principle: Install the WDM
subracks according to the sequence from WDM subrack 1 to WDM subrack 2 in the
figure.

The WDM (with 100G Card)

Figure 1-17 shows the subrack layout of the 2600 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
only equipped with the WDM subrack (with the 100G card) (unit: mm).

26 Version: D
1 Cabinet

Figure 1-17 Equipment Layout of a 2600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (WDM)

When installing the equipment, you should keep the following principles.

u When installing the WDM subrack, follow the sequence of WDM subrack 1 to
WDM subrack 6 as indicated in the figure.

u Keep the ambient temperature below 45℃.

1.2.4.2 Equipment Layout of a 2200 mm High 600 mm Deep


Cabinet

The following introduces the equipment layout of the 2200 mm high 600 mm deep
cabinet.

Version: D 27
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-18 shows the subrack layout of the 2200 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
equipped with the OTH and WDM subracks of the FONST 5000. (unit: mm).

Figure 1-18 Equipment Layout of a 2200 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet

When installing the equipment, you should keep the following principles.

u When installing the WDM subracks, arrange them from to WDM subrack 1 to
WDM subrack 2 in the figure. If only one WDM subrack is configured, install it
according to the position of subrack 1 in the figure. Keep the ambient
temperature below 45℃.

u When one FONST 5000 OTH subrack and at least one WDM subrack (with the
100G card) are configured, keep the ambient temperature below 35℃ in a long
period and below 40℃ in a short period.

28 Version: D
1 Cabinet

1.2.4.3 Equipment Layout of a 2000 mm High 600 mm Deep


Cabinet

The following introduces the equipment layout of the 2000 mm high 600 mm deep
cabinet.

The FONST 5000 + WDM

Figure 1-19 shows the subrack layout of the 2000 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
equipped with the FONST 5000 OTH and WDM subracks. (unit: mm).

Figure 1-19 Equipment Layout of a 2000 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the FONST 5000 +
the WDM)

When installing the equipment, you should keep the following principles.

Version: D 29
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u When installing the WDM subracks, arrange them from to WDM subrack 1 to
WDM subrack 2 in the figure. If only one WDM subrack is configured, install it
according to the position of subrack 1 in the figure.

u When one FONST 5000 OTH subrack and at least one WDM subrack (with the
100G card) are configured, keep the ambient temperature below 35℃ in a long
period and below 40℃ in a short period.

The FONST 5000 + DCM

Figure 1-20 shows the subrack layout of the 2000 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
equipped with only the FONST 5000 OTH subracks, (unit: mm).

Figure 1-20 Equipment Layout of a 2000 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet (the FONST 5000 +
the DCM)

30 Version: D
1 Cabinet

1.2.4.4 Equipment Layout of a 1600 mm High 600 mm Deep


Cabinet

The following introduces the equipment layout of the 1600 mm high 600 mm deep
cabinet.

Figure 1-21 shows the subrack layout of the 1600 mm high 600 mm deep cabinet
equipped with the FONST 5000 OTH subracks and the DCM installed at the cabinet
bottom (unit: mm).

Figure 1-21 Equipment Layout of a 1600 mm High 600 mm Deep Cabinet

1.2.5 Technical Parameter

The following introduces the dimensions and weight of each type of the 600-mm
deep cabinets. See Table 1-6.

Table 1-6 Technical Parameters for the 600 mm Deep Cabinet

Item Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) Weight (kg)

600 mm deep cabinet 1600×600×300 87

Version: D 31
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 1-6 Technical Parameters for the 600 mm Deep Cabinet (Continued)

Item Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) Weight (kg)

2000×600×300 91
2200×600×300 95.5
2600×600×300 116

32 Version: D
2 PDP

The following introduces the PDP of the FONST 5000.

PDP (3000064)

PDP (3000068)

PDP (3000078)

Version: D 33
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.1 PDP (3000064)

The following introduces the functions, appearance, front panel, connectors,


switches, lightning protection module, and technical parameters of the PDP
(3000064).

2.1.1 Function

The PDP (3000064) mainly performs the functions of power supply distribution,
alarm signal processing, lightning protection, and protection against reverse polarity
connection. It inducts external power and distributes it among other electrified
devices inside the cabinet. Meanwhile, the PDP receives the alarm signals from
other devices inside the cabinet, and then displays and outputs the alarm signals.

The PDP mainly performs the following functions:

u Inducts eight channels of -48 V power (four active and four standby) from the
external (e.g. the power cabinet), and then outputs four sets of redundant
branch power rails (eight branch power rails total). The maximum output current
of a single branch is 50 A.

Note:

For the detailed input / out current values of the PDP, refer to PDP850A
User Manual.

u Supports the reverse polarity connection protection function.

u Receives alarm signals reported from the corresponding equipment via the four
alarm convergence connectors, provides audio alarms for the signals,
illuminates the cabinet-top indicator LEDs and outputs alarm signals to the
upper layer equipment (such as the head of row cabinet).

u Supports the lightning protection module alarm reporting function: When the
lightning protection module fails, the PDP outputs the lightning protection failure
signals, and reports them to the network management system via the
equipment.

34 Version: D
2 PDP

u Performs the lightning protection function: The PDP can effectively block the
induced lightning of 4 kV in the common mode (1.2/50 us to 8/20 us
combination wave) or of 2 kV in the differential mode (1.2/50 us to 8/20 us
combination wave) on the power cable.

2.1.2 Appearance

The appearance of the PDP (3000064) is shown in Figure 2-1.

Figure 2-1 Appearance of the PDP (3000064)

2.1.3 Front Panel

The positions of the control switches of the automatic circuit breakers (ACBs) for
power rails are identified on the front panel of the PDP (3000064), as shown in
Figure 2-2. The control switches are SW1-1 to SW1-4 and SW2-1 to SW2-4.

Version: D 35
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-2 Front Panel of the PDP (3000064)

2.1.4 Connector and Switch

The following introduces the connectors and switches of the PDP (3000064).

Switch

u Switches SW1-1 to SW1-4 control the connection / interruption of the four -48 V
signals of the active power supply.

u Switches SW2-1 to SW2-4 control the connection / interruption of the four -48 V
signals of the standby power supply.

Connector

After the front panel of the PDP is removed, users can see connectors and switches
populated on the PDP panel, as shown in Figure 2-3.

36 Version: D
2 PDP

(1) External power -48 V input (2) Alarm connector for the head (3) Alarm connector for the (4) Busbar
connector (A) of row cabinet cabinet top indicator LED

(5) Audio alarm buzzer (6) Subrack alarm convergence (7) External power -48 V input (8) Lightning protection module
connector connector (B)

(9) -48 V branch power rail output (10) Jumper pin (11) 0V branch power rail output (12) Protection earth ground
connector (B) connector (B) connector

(13) 0 V branch power rail output (14) -48V branch power rail
connector (A) output connector (A)

Figure 2-3 Connectors and Switches on the PDP (3000064)

Version: D 37
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Connector

u The description of the external power input connectors is listed in Table 2-1.

Table 2-1 Description of the PDP (3000064)'s External Power Input Connectors

External Power Input Connector Description

Access 2×4 channels of -48 V


-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_4 external power signals. The
-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_4 connectors A and B are mutual
backup.
2×4 channels of input Four connectors on the Access four channels of
busbar external power GND signals.

Connects with the external


The left connector of XS6 power protection earth ground
PE.

u The branch power rail output connectors are described in Table 2-2.

Table 2-2 Description of the PDP (3000064)'s Branch Power Rail Output Connectors

Branch Power Rail Output Connector Description

Output 2×4 channels of -48 V


XS2, XS3, XS7, XS8 power signals. The branches A
and B are mutual backup.
2×4 channels of output
Output 2×4 channels of 0V
XS4, XS5, XS9, XS10 power signals. The branches A
and B are mutual backup.

The correspondence relationship between the power connectors on the PDP


(3000064) and the ACB control switches on the front panel is shown in Table 2-3.

Table 2-3 The Correspondence Relationship between the Power Connectors and the ACB
Control Switches

ACB Control Switch Branch Power Rail Output Connector

SW1-1 to SW1-4 -48V_A_1 to -48V_A_4

SW2-1 to SW2-4 -48V_B_1 to -48V_B_4

Socket

u Subrack alarm convergence connector

38 Version: D
2 PDP

Four RJ-45 sockets on the PDP (3000064) (AlmIn1 to AlmIn4) are subrack
alarm convergence connectors. See Figure 2-4 for the definition of connectors.

Figure 2-4 Definition of the Subrack Alarm Convergence Connectors

See Table 2-4 for the description of pins.

Table 2-4 Pin Definition of the Subrack Alarm Convergence Connectors

Pin Number Definition Description

Pin1 SPK-
Pin1 and Pin2 form a pair of audio alarm signals
Pin2 SPK+
Pin3 0V A common return path for CALL, NUA and UA

Pin4 CALL Order wire call signal

Pin5 NUA Non-urgent alarm

Pin6 UA Urgent alarm

Pin7 LALM- Pin7 and Pin8 form a pair of lightning protection failure
Pin8 LALM+ alarm signals

u The alarm output connector XP1 for the head of row cabinet

XP1 has three pins, which are defined as, from the top down, CALL (order wire
call), NUA (non-urgent alarm), and UA (urgent alarm).

u The alarm connector XP2 for the cabinet top indicator LED

XP2 is a six-pin D-type socket, whose pins are defined as, from the right to the
left according to pairs, CALL (order wire call), NUA (non-urgent alarm), and UA
(urgent alarm).

Jumper Pin

The JP1 is the jumper pin for selection of the PDP (3000064) operating status
indicator LED, and supports the following two ways of shorting.

Version: D 39
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u Short pin1 and pin2 of the JP1: Selects and transmits the PDP power-on status
information to the cabinet-top indicator LED (green). When any branch (or
multiple branches simultaneously) of the PDP is powered on, the cabinet-top
indicator LED will be solid green.

u Short pin2 and pin3 of the JP1: Selects and transmits the CALL (order wire call)
status information to the cabinet-top indicator LED (green).

Note:

The pins 2 and 3 of the JP1 have been shorted by default in the PDP
before delivery.

Audio Alarm Buzzer

SPK1 is the audio alarm buzzer.

2.1.5 Lightning Protection Module

The power lightning protection module of the PDP (3000064) uses a standard DB-
25 plug to connect with the lightning protection module socket (XS11 / XS12) on the
PDP. The PDP can effectively block the induced lightning of 4 kV (1.2/50 us to 8/20
us combination wave) in the common mode or of 2 kV (1.2/50 us to 8/20 us
combination wave) in the differential mode on the power line.

2.1.6 Technical Parameter

The following introduces the technical parameters of the PDP (3000064).

Table 2-5 Technical Parameters of the PDP (3000064)

Item Parameter
Dimensions (H × W ×D) (mm) 150 × 530 × 145.8
Weight (kg) 4.5
Maximum single input current (A) 50
Maximum single output current (A) 50

40 Version: D
2 PDP

2.2 PDP (3000068)

The following introduces the functions, appearance, front panel, connectors,


switches, lightning protection module, and technical parameters of the PDP
(3000068).

2.2.1 Function

The PDP (3000068) mainly performs the functions of power supply distribution,
alarm signal processing, lightning protection, and protection against reverse polarity
connection. It inducts external power and distributes it among other electrified
devices inside the cabinet. Meanwhile, the PDP receives the alarm signals from
other devices inside the cabinet, and then displays and outputs the alarm signals.

The PDP mainly performs the following functions:

u Power supply distribution function: Inducts two channels of -48 V power supply
(one active and one standby) from the external (e.g. the power cabinet), and
then outputs three sets of redundant branch power rails (six branch power rails
total). The maximum output current for a signal channel is 32 A.

u Supports the protection against the reverse polarity connection.

u Alarm signal processing: Receives alarm signals reported from the


corresponding device inside the cabinet, provides audio alarms for the signals,
illuminates the cabinet-top indicator LEDs and outputs alarm signals to the
upper layer equipment (such as the head of row cabinet).

u Lightning protection module alarm reporting function: When the lightning


protection module fails, the PDP will output the lightning protection failure alarm
signal, and report it to the network management system via the equipment.

u Lightning protection function: The PDP can effectively block the induced
lightning of 4 kV (1.2/50 us to 8/20 us combination wave) in the common mode
or of 2 kV (1.2/50 us to 8/20 us combination wave) in the differential mode on
the power line.

Version: D 41
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.2.2 Appearance

The appearance of the PDP (3000068) is shown in Figure 2-5.

Figure 2-5 Appearance of the PDP (3000068)

2.2.3 Front Panel

The positions of the control switches of the automatic circuit breakers (ACBs) for
branch power rails are identified on the front panel of the PDP (3000068), as shown
in Figure 2-6. The control switches are SW1-1 to SW1-3 and SW2-1 to SW2-3.

Figure 2-6 Front Panel of the PDP (3000068)

42 Version: D
2 PDP

2.2.4 Connector and Switch

The following introduces the connectors and switches of the PDP (3000068).

Switch

u The ACBs SW1-1 to SW1-3 respectively control the branch power rails
-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_3.

u The ACBs SW2-1 to SW2-3 respectively control the branch power rails
-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_3.

Connector

After the front panel of the PDP is removed, users can see connectors and switches
populated on the PDP panel, as shown in Figure 2-7.

Version: D 43
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

(1) -48V branch power rail output (2) Alarm connector for the (3) Alarm connector for the cabinet (4) External power -48 V input
connector (A) head of row cabinet top indicator LED connector

(5) External power 0 V input (6) Protection earth ground (7) -48 V branch power rail output (8) 0 V branch power rail output
connector connector connector (B) connector (B)

(9) Lightning protection module (10) 0 V branch power rail (11) Subrack alarm convergence
output connector (A) connector

Figure 2-7 Rear Panel of the PDP (3000068)

44 Version: D
2 PDP

Power Connector

u The description of the external power input connectors is listed in Table 2-6.

Table 2-6 Description of the PDP (3000068)'s External Power Input Connectors

Connector Description

The -48 V external power input connectors. The connectors A and B


-48V_A, -48V_B
are mutual backup.

The 0V external power input connectors. The connectors A and B


0V_A, 0V_B
are mutual backup.

PE Protection earth ground connector.

u The branch power rail output connectors are described in Table 2-7.

Table 2-7 Description of the PDP (3000068)'s Branch Power Rail Output Connectors

Connector Description

Automatic circuit breakers (ACB), the outer connector is the


-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_3 output connector of the -48 V branch power rail, corresponding
to -48V_A.

Automatic circuit breakers (ACB), the outer connector is the


-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_3 output connector of the -48 V branch power rail, corresponding
to -48V_B.

0V_A_1 to 0V_A_3 (XS1) 0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to 0V_A.

0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to to 0V_


0V_B_1 to 0V_B_3 (XS2)
B.

Alarm Connector

u The subrack alarm convergence connectors AlmIn1 to AlmIn3

AlmIn1 to AlmIn3 are all RJ-45 sockets and can receive the alarm messages
from the corresponding equipment in the cabinet.

u The alarm output connector XP1

XP1 is a 3-pin D-type socket and can output the alarm message to the head of
row cabinet.

u The alarm output connector XS4

XS4 is a 6-pin D-type socket and can output the trigger signal of the alarm
indicator LED to the cabinet top indicator LED.

Version: D 45
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Jumper Pin

JP1 is the jumper pin for selecting the PDP's working status indicator LED. Two
selection methods can be used as follows.

u When pins 1 and 2 of JP1 are shorted, the green indicator LED on the cabinet
top shows the working status of the PDP.

u When pins 2 and 3 of JP1 are shorted, the green indicator LED on the cabinet
top is controlled by the Call (order wire call) signal.

Note:

Pins 2 and 3 of JP1 are shorted by default in the PDP (3000068) before
delivery.

Audio Alarm Buzzer

SPK1 is the audio alarm buzzer.

2.2.5 Lightning Protection Module

The power lightning protection module of the PDP (3000068) uses a standard DB-
25 plug to connect with the lightning protection module socket (XS3) on the PDP.
The PDP can effectively block the induced lightning of 4 kV (1.2/50 us to 8/20 us
combination wave) in the common mode or of 2 kV (1.2/50 us to 8/20 us
combination wave) in the differential mode on the power line.

2.2.6 Technical Parameter

The following introduces the technical parameters of the PDP (3000068).

Table 2-8 Technical Parameters of the PDP (3000068)

Item Parameter
Dimensions (H × W ×D) (mm) 100 × 530 × 168.5
Weight (kg) 4.2

46 Version: D
2 PDP

Table 2-8 Technical Parameters of the PDP (3000068) (Continued)

Item Parameter
Maximum single input current (A) 96
Maximum single output current (A) 32

2.3 PDP (3000078)

The following introduces the function, appearance, front panel, connectors and
switches, the lightning protection module and technical parameters of the PDP
(3000078) .

2.3.1 Function

The PDP (3000078) mainly performs the functions of power supply distribution,
alarm signal handling, and lightning protection. It inducts an external power and
distributes it among other powered devices inside the cabinet. Meanwhile, the PDP
receives the alarm signals from other devices inside the cabinet, and then displays
and outputs the alarm signals.

The PDP mainly performs the following functions:

u The power distribution function: Inducts four or two channels of -48 V active


and standby power supplies from the external (e.g. the power cabinet), and
then outputs two sets of branch power rails. The maximum output current of a
single branch is 100A.

Note:

For details of the input / output current of the PDP, refer to PDP4100B
User Manual.

u Receives alarm signals reported from the corresponding equipment, provides


audio alarms for the signals, illuminates the cabinet-top indicator LED and
outputs alarm signals to the upper layer equipment (such as the head of row
cabinet).

Version: D 47
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u Supports the lightning protection module alarm reporting function: When the
lightning protection module fails, the PDP outputs the lightning protection failure
signals, and reports them to the network management system via the
equipment.

u Performs the lightning protection function: The PDP can effectively block the
induced lightning of 4 kV in the common mode (1.2/50 us to 8/20 us
combination wave) or of 2 kV in the differential mode (1.2/50 us to 8/20 us
combination wave) on the power cable.

2.3.2 Appearance

The appearance of the PDP (3000078) is shown in Figure 2-8.

Figure 2-8 The Appearance of the PDP (3000078)

2.3.3 Front Panel

The control switches SW1-1 to SW1-2 and SW2-1 to SW2-2 for the automatic circuit
breaker (ACB) of the power supply are located on the front panel of the PDP
(3030078), as shown in Figure 2-9.

48 Version: D
2 PDP

Figure 2-9 The Front Panel of PDP (3000078)

2.3.4 Connectors and Switches

The following introduces the connectors and switches on the PDP (3000078).

Switches

u Switches SW1-1 to SW1-2 control the connection / interruption of the two -48 V
signals of the active power supply.

u Switches SW2-1 to SW2-2 control the connection / interruption of the two -48 V
signals of the standby power supply.

Terminal Board

Remove the front panel and you can see the connectors and switches on the PDP
panel, as shown in Figure 2-10.

Version: D 49
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

(1) External power -48 V (2) Lightning protection (3) Alarm connector for the (4) External power (5) Earth ground
input connector (A) module socket (A) indicator LEDs on the 0V input connector connector
cabinet top (A)

(6) Subrack alarm (7) External power 0V (8) Alarm connector for the (9) Lightning (10) External power -48 V
convergence connector input connector (B) head of row cabinet protection module input connector (B)
socket (B)

(11) -48 V branch power rail (12) -48 V branch power (13) -48 V input connector (14) 0V branch (15) Alarm concatenation
output connector 1 (B) rail output connector 2 (B) shorting stub (B) power rail output connector 3
connector 1 (B)

(16) 0V branch power rail (17) Alarm concatenation (18) 0 V branch power rail (19) Alarm (20) 0 V branch power rail
output connector 2 (B) connector 2 output connector 2 (A) concatenation output connector 1 (A)
connector 1
(21) -48 V input connector (22) -48V branch power (23) -48V branch power rail
shorting stub (A) rail output connector 2 (A) output connector 1 (A)

Figure 2-10 Distribution of the PDP (3000078) Connectors and Switches

50 Version: D
2 PDP

Power Connectors

u See Table 2-9 for the description of the external -48 V power input connectors.

Table 2-9 The External -48 V Power Input Connectors of the PDP (3000078)

Connector Description

Input four external -48 V power signals


External -48 V power u The left sides in areas A and B back up each other
input connector (A) u The right sides in areas A and B back up each other
External -48 V power Input two external -48 V power signals
input connector (B) The right side in area A and the left side in area B back up each
other
The external 0 V power input connector (A) and the external -48 V
External 0V power input power input connector (A) correspond to each other one by one at
connector (A) the left and right sides respectively Note 1
External 0V power input The external 0 V power input connector (B) and the external -48 V
connector (B) power input connector (B) correspond to each other one by one at
the left and right sides respectively

XS5: PE earth ground Left: Connected with the external earth ground bar
connector Right: Connected with the cabinet earth ground point

Note 1: Both the external 0 V and -48 V input connectors are divided into the left and right
sides.

u See Table 2-10 for the description of the branch power rail output connectors.

Table 2-10 The Branch -48 V Power Output Connectors of the PDP (3000078)

Connector Description

Output four branch -48 V power signals


SW1-1, SW1-2
u SW1-1 and SW2-1 back up each other
SW2-1, SW2-2
u SW1-2 and SW2-2 back up each other

0V_A_1 / 0V_A_2 0V_A_1 and 0V_A_2 correspond to SW1-1


0V_A_3 / 0V_A_4 0V_A_3 and 0V_A_4 correspond to SW1-2
0V_B_1 / 0V_B_2 0V_B_1 and 0V_B_2 correspond to SW2-1
0V_B_3 / 0V_B_4 0V_B_3 and 0V_B_4 correspond to SW2-2

Socket

u Subrack alarm convergence connector

Version: D 51
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The three RJ-45 sockets XS1 to XS3 on the PDP (3000078) are subrack alarm
convergence connectors. See Figure 2-11 for the definition of connectors.

Figure 2-11 Definition of the Subrack Alarm Convergence Connectors

See Table 2-11 for the description of pins.

Table 2-11 Pins of the Subrack Alarm Convergence Connectors

Pin Number Definition Description

Pin1 SPK-
1 and 2 are a pair of audio alarm signals.
Pin2 SPK+
Pin3 0V A common return path for CALL, NUA and UA.

Pin4 CALL Order wire call signal

Pin5 NUA Non-urgent alarm

Pin6 UA Urgent alarm

Pin7 LALM- 7 and 8 are a pair of lightning protection failure alarm


Pin8 LALM+ signals.

u Alarm concatenation connector

The alarm concatenation connectors (XP1 to XP3) on the PDP (3000078) and
the subrack alarm convergence connectors (XS1 to XS3) correspond to each
other one by one. When two PDPs are installed in one cabinet, if the alarm
cable of the front part of the subrack is connected with XS1 of the front PDP
and the alarm cable of the rear part of the subrack is connected with XS2 of the
rear PDP, users should concatenate XP1 of the front PDP and XP2 of the rear
PDP.

u Alarm connector XPB1 for the head of row cabinet

As the alarm connector for the head of row cabinet, the XPB1 uses a three-
conductor socket. The three pins from top to bottom are defined as CALL (order
wire call), NUA (non-urgent alarm), and UA (urgent alarm) respectively.

52 Version: D
2 PDP

u Alarm connector XPB2 for the indicator LEDs on the cabinet top

As the alarm connector for the indicator LEDs on the cabinet top, the XPB2
uses a six-conductor D-type socket. Its pins are in pairs, and are defined from
top to bottom as CALL (order wire call), NUA (non-urgent alarm) and UA
(urgent alarm) respectively.

-48 V Input Connector Shorting Stub (A) /-48 V Input Connector Shorting Stub (B)

Correspond to the external -48 V power input connectors (A) and (B).

u When the current of the external power is not higher than 100 A, the equipment
needs four external power signals. Under this condition, the -48 V input
connector shorting stubs do not need to be shorted.

u When the current of the external power is higher than 100 A, the equipment
needs two external power signals. Under this condition, the -48 V input
connector shorting stubs need to be shorted.

Audio Alarm Buzzer

SPK1 to SPK3 are audio alarm buzzers, corresponding to XS1 to XS3 respectively.

2.3.5 Lightning Protection Module

The power lightning protection module of the PDP (3000078) uses the standard DB-
25 plug to connect the lightning protection module socket on the PDP (XS11 and
XS12), and can withstand the surge of 4KV (1.2/50us-8/20us combination wave)
under the common mode, and withstand the surge of 2kV under the differential
mode, so as to ensure the normal equipment operation.

2.3.6 Technical Parameter

The following introduces the PDP (3000078) technical parameters.

Table 2-12 Technical Parameters of the PDP (3000078)

Item Technical Parameter


Dimensions (height×width×depth) (mm) 148×530×206.8
Weight (kg) 4.5

Version: D 53
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 2-12 Technical Parameters of the PDP (3000078) (Continued)

Item Technical Parameter


Maximum input current of a single
200
channel (A)

Maximum output current of a single


100
channel (A)

54 Version: D
3 OTH Subrack (3030066)

The following introduces structure, related components and technical parameters of


the OTH subrack (3030066). The OTH subrack (3030066) is applicable for the
FOSNT 5000.

Function

Structure

Fan Unit

Fiber Spool

Anti-dust Screen

Slot Allocation

Distribution of GCCs in the OTH Subrack

Technical Parameter

Version: D 55
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.1 Function

The OTH subrack performs electrical layer cross-connect, optical layer cross-
connect, and traditional WDM functions.

3.2 Structure

The OTH subrack (3030066) appearance and structure are shown in Figure 3-1.

(1) Mounting ear (2) Fiber spool (3) Fan unit

(4) Anti-dust screen (5) Fiber passage area (6) Card area

(7) Power cable wiring channel

Figure 3-1 The Appearance of the OTH Subrack (3030066)

The description of various components of the OTH subrack (3030066) is shown as


following:

56 Version: D
3 OTH Subrack (3030066)

Table 3-1 Description of Components of the OTH Subrack (3030066) and Their Functions

Number Name Function


(1) Mounting ear Secures the subrack in the cabinet
Located on both sides of the subrack for coiling the redundant
(2) Fiber spool
part of fibers.

For air cooling of the equipment in the cabinet, and each OTH
(3) Fan unit
subrack is configured with four fan units.

Located at the bottom of the subrack, made up of a metal


bearer and a low-density anti-dust screen. It can be secured by
(4) Anti-dust screen
self-locking and be plugged out of the subrack along the slide
rails.
Located below the card area of the subrack. Each slot in the
Fiber passage subrack corresponds to a fiber passage hole in the fiber
(5)
area passage area. Fibers are led through the corresponding fiber
passage holes so that the equipment looks neat and orderly.

The principal part of the subrack, holding all cards that


(6) Card area
implement various functions of the equipment.

Power cable
(7) For wiring of subrack power cables.
wiring channel

3.3 Fan Unit

The following introduces the functions, appearance, intelligent fan features,


indicator LEDs, safety signs, and technical parameters of the equipment's fan unit.

The fan unit is used for lowering the temperature inside the subrack, so as to
prevent the equipment faults caused by the over-high temperature.

3.3.1 Type

The number of the OTH subrack (3030066) fan unit is 405000021.

Version: D 57
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.3.2 Function

The fan unit is used for air cooling of the subrack. Users can control each fan’s
running status through the network management system. If any fan fails, the other
fans will raise their rotation speed, so that the equipment can operate normally and
efficiently under steady temperature.

3.3.3 Appearance

The OTH subrack (3000078) are equipped with four fan units so that hot air drawn
by the upper fan units will exhaust via the lower ones. Each fan unit consists of
three fans that work independently. See Figure 3-2 for the appearance of the fan
unit.

Figure 3-2 The Fan Unit

3.3.4 Intelligent Fan Feature

The 's fan unit provides two working modes: intelligent and manual modes.

Overview

u The intelligent mode: The fan unit automatically adjusts the fan rotation speed
according to the change of the equipment temperature.

58 Version: D
3 OTH Subrack (3030066)

u The manual mode: The speed choices of the fans are set via the network
management system. The speed choices include: full-speed, fast, slow and
low.

Warning:
In the manual mode, the change in equipment temperature cannot be
monitored in a real-time manner, which may lead to equipment failure. In
the normal operations of the equipment, make sure that the fan unit is in
the intelligent mode.

Function Implementation

The start mode of the fan unit is soft start, which can reduce the fan unit’s impact on
the equipment. In the intelligent mode, after starting, the fan unit rotates at a
medium speed before the network element management card monitors the fan unit.

u When starting to monitor the fan unit, the network element management card
collects the feedback information on card temperature periodically and
compares it with the built-in speed control parameters on each card to
determine the fan unit’s rotating speed choice information.

u The fan unit controls the running of fans according to the rotating speed choice
information from the NE management card to guarantee air cooling of the
equipment.

u When a fault occurs, the fan unit sends the fault information to the network
element management card, which then reports the fan unit fault alarm on the
OTNM2000.

3.3.5 Indicator LED

The indicator LEDs on the frame of the fan unit are used to display the fan's
operating status. Table 3-2 lists the description of the fan indicator LEDs.

Version: D 59
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-2 Description of the Subrack Fan Unit Indicator LEDs

Name Meaning Description

ON (green): the power supply is present.


ACT Working indicator LED
OFF: the power supply is not present.

ALM Alarm indicator LED ON (red): a fault has occurred in the fan unit.

3.3.6 Safety Sign

Table 3-3 Safety Sign for the Fan Unit

Sign Meaning Location


The fan unit safety warning sign.
The sign reminds the operation
The sign is located in the fan
staff to pull out 5 cm, wait 1
unit panel.
minute, remove unit from shelf
completely.

3.3.7 Technical Parameter

See Table 3-4 for the technical specifications of the fan unit.

Table 3-4 Technical Parameters of the Fan Unit

Item Technical Parameter


Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 64×487×260
Power consumption (W) Typical power consumption Note 1: 23
(with three fans) Maximum power consumption Note 2: 288

Weight (kg) 4.5


Note 1: The typical power consumption refers to the power consumption of the fan unit when
the equipment is configured with typical services and is operating under the normal
temperature (23 ± 2℃).
Note 2: The maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption of the fan unit
when the equipment is configured with the maximum consumption and is operating
under a high temperature (>45℃).

60 Version: D
3 OTH Subrack (3030066)

3.4 Fiber Spool

The fiber spools are located inside the cabinet for coiling and storing the redundant
part of fibers.

Type

Two models of fiber spools for the OTH subrack (3030066) are provided according
to the installation direction.

u Model number of the left fiber spool: 4.500.068.

u Model number of the right fiber spool: 4.500.067.

Background Knowledge

u Remember that the optical fibers are fragile when you are laying out optical
fiber cables. Make sure that the bend radius of optical fibers is no less than
38mm.

u Due to the special requirements on optical fiber connectors, optical cables


cannot be manufactured on site. To cater for the requirements on field
commissioning, the optical fiber connection cables are generally longer than
required. Therefore, a special unit for storing the redundant part of the optical
fiber connection cables is needed.

Function

u Stores the redundant optical fiber.

u Ensures that the bend radius of optical fibers should be no less than 38mm.

Appearance

The fiber spools are arranged on the left and right sides of the OTH subrack, eight in
total. Figure 3-3 illustrates the fiber spools.

Version: D 61
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

(1) Captive screw (2) Fiber spool (3) Fixed shaft (4) Small fiber
spool

Figure 3-3 Components of the Subrack Fiber Spool

3.5 Anti-dust Screen


Type

The type of the anti-dust screen on the OTH subrack (3030066) is 4.127.250.

Function

u Prevents dust from entering the subrack and keeps the card components inside
the subrack clean. Dust gathered on the components may cause over high
temperature of the components.

u The anti-dust screen should be cleaned regularly so as to ensure good


ventilation of the subrack.

Appearance

The anti-dust screen for the OTH subrack is installed at the bottom of the subrack,
as shown in Figure 3-4 and Figure 3-5.

62 Version: D
3 OTH Subrack (3030066)

Figure 3-4 Location for the Anti-dust Screen of the OTH Subrack

Figure 3-5 The Anti-dust Screen for the OTH Subrack

3.6 Slot Allocation

The OTH subrack(3030066) is a two-sided subrack. The OTH subrack provides 33


slots in the front side. Its slot arrangement and typical card configuration are shown
in Figure 3-6.

Version: D 63
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 3-6 The Slot Allocation at the front of the OTH Subrack (3030066)

The OTH subrack provides 32 slots in the rear side. Its slot arrangement and typical
card configuration are shown in Figure 3-7.

Figure 3-7 The Slot Allocation at the back of the OTH Subrack (3030066)

64 Version: D
3 OTH Subrack (3030066)

3.7 Distribution of GCCs in the OTH Subrack

The GCC bus is the interface bus between the service cards and the EMVU card
and between the service cards and the ASCU card, for transmitting the information
on the network management system and the control plane.

Distribution of GCC on the EMVU Card

The supervisory information between NEs can be sent via either GCCs or OSCs. If
both OSCs and GCCs exist between two NEs, the EMVU card will automatically
select one of them. You can identify the GCC in use according to the states of the
GCC communication LEDs on the EMVU card panel.

See Table 3-5 for the distribution of GCCs on the EMVU card in the OTH subrack
(3030066).

Table 3-5 Distribution of GCCs on the EMVU Card in the OTH Subrack

Subrack Slot GCC Description

16 to 11 01 to 14
19 to 1E 15 to 28
Each slot corresponds to two
06 to 00 29 to 42
GCCs. For example, Slot 16
09 to 0F 43 to 56
OTH Subrack corresponds to GCC1 and GCC2;
36 to 30 57 to 70
Slot 2F corresponds to GCC111
39 to 3F 71 to 84
and GCC112.
26 to 20 85 to 98
29 to 2F 99 to 112

Distribution of GCCs on the ASCU Card

See Table 3-6 for the distribution of GCCs on the ASCU card in the OTH subrack
(3030066).

Table 3-6 Distribution of GCCs on the ASCU Card in the OTH Subrack

Slot GCC Description

16 to 11 01 to 14 Each slot corresponds to


06 to 00 15 to 28 two GCCs. For example,

39 to 3F 29 to 42 Slot 16 corresponds to
GCC1 and GCC2; Slot 2F
29 to 2F 43 to 56 corresponds to GCC55 and
GCC56.

Version: D 65
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.8 Technical Parameter

See Table 3-7 for the technical specifications of the OTH subrack (3030066).

Table 3-7 Technical Parameters of the OTH Subrack (3030066)

Item Technical Parameter


Dimensions (height×width×depth) (mm) 1040×496×570
Weight (kg) 62.1 (without the fan unit)

66 Version: D
4 Channel Subrack (3030036)

The following introduces the structure, related components, and technical


parameters of the channel subrack. The channel subrack is applicable for the
FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Function

Structure

Fan Unit

Fiber Spool

Anti-dust Screen

Slot Arrangement

Distribution of GCCs in the Channel Subrack

Technical Parameter

Version: D 67
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.1 Function

The channel subrack performs the optical layer cross-connect and the traditional
WDM functions, but does not perform the electrical layer cross-connect function.

4.2 Structure

The structure of the channel subrack (3030036) is shown in Figure 4-1.

(1) Fan unit (2) Fiber spool (3) Card area

(4) Fiber passage area (5) Subrack anti-dust screen (6) Mounting ear

Figure 4-1 The Structure of the Channel Subrack (3030036)

See Table 4-1 for description of various components of the channel subrack.

68 Version: D
4 Channel Subrack (3030036)

Table 4-1 Description of Components of the Channel Subrack and Their Functions

Number Component Name Function


Located above the card area in the subrack, used for air
(1) Fan unit
cooling of the equipment.

Located at both sides of the subrack for coiling the


(2) Fiber spool
redundant part of fibers.

The principal part of the subrack, holding various cards


(3) Card area
to implement various functions of the equipment.

Located just below the card area. Each slot in the


subrack corresponds to one fiber passage hole in the
(4) Fiber passage area fiber passage area. Fibers pass through the
corresponding fiber passage holes so that the
equipment looks more neat and orderly.

Located at the bottom of the subrack, made up of a


Subrack anti-dust metal bearer and low-density anti-dust screen. It can be
(5)
screen secured by self-locking and be unplugged from the
subrack along the slide rails.

(6) Mounting ear Used for securing the subrack in the cabinet.

4.3 Fan Unit

The following introduces the functions, appearance, intelligent fan features,


indicator LEDs, safety signs, and technical parameters of the equipment's fan unit.

The fan unit is used for lowering the temperature inside the subrack, so as to
prevent the equipment faults caused by the over-high temperature.

4.3.1 Type

The type number of the fan unit for the channel subrack is 4500073.

4.3.2 Function

The fan unit is used for air cooling of the subrack. Users can control each fan’s
running status through the network management system. If any fan fails, the other
fans will raise their rotation speed, so that the equipment can operate normally and
efficiently under steady temperature.

Version: D 69
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.3.3 Appearance

The channel subrack (3030036) is equipped with three fan units. Each fan unit can
be installed independently. The fan unit appearance is shown in Figure 4-2.

Figure 4-2 The Fan Unit (3030036)

4.3.4 Intelligent Fan Feature

The 's fan unit provides two working modes: intelligent and manual modes.

Overview

u The intelligent mode: The fan unit automatically adjusts the fan rotation speed
according to the change of the equipment temperature.

u The manual mode: The speed choices of the fans are set via the network
management system. The speed choices include: full-speed, fast, slow and
low.

Warning:
In the manual mode, the change in equipment temperature cannot be
monitored in a real-time manner, which may lead to equipment failure. In
the normal operations of the equipment, make sure that the fan unit is in
the intelligent mode.

70 Version: D
4 Channel Subrack (3030036)

Function Implementation

The start mode of the fan unit is soft start, which can reduce the fan unit’s impact on
the equipment. In the intelligent mode, after starting, the fan unit rotates at a
medium speed before the network element management card monitors the fan unit.

u When starting to monitor the fan unit, the network element management card
collects the feedback information on card temperature periodically and
compares it with the built-in speed control parameters on each card to
determine the fan unit’s rotating speed choice information.

u The fan unit controls the running of fans according to the rotating speed choice
information from the NE management card to guarantee air cooling of the
equipment.

u When a fault occurs, the fan unit sends the fault information to the network
element management card, which then reports the fan unit fault alarm on the
OTNM2000.

4.3.5 Indicator LED

The indicator LEDs on the frame of the fan unit are used to display the fan's
operating status. Table 4-2 lists the description of the fan indicator LEDs.

Table 4-2 Description of the Subrack Fan Unit Indicator LEDs

Name Meaning Description

ON (green): the power supply is present.


ACT Working indicator LED
OFF: the power supply is not present.

ALM Alarm indicator LED ON (red): a fault has occurred in the fan unit.

Version: D 71
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.3.6 Safety Sign

Table 4-3 Safety Sign on the Fan Unit

Sign Meaning Location


The fan unit safety alarm sign.
This sign reminds the
maintenance staff not to touch the
running fan blades. To remove the Located on the fan unit
fan unit, operate as follows: Pull it panel.
out 5 cm, wait for one minute, and
remove the fan from the subrack
completely.

4.3.7 Technical Parameter

The technical parameters of the fan unit are shown in Table 4-4.

Table 4-4 Technical Parameters of the Fan Unit

Item Technical Parameter


Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 70 × 160 × 240
Power consumption (W) Typical power consumption Note 1: 3
(with three separate fan units) Maximum power consumption Note 2: 25

Weight (kg) 1.0


Note 1: The typical power consumption refers to the power consumption of the fan unit when
the equipment is configured with typical services and is operating under the normal
temperature (23 ± 2℃).
Note 2: The maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption of the fan unit
when the equipment is configured with the maximum consumption and is operating
under a high temperature (>45℃).

4.4 Fiber Spool

The fiber spools are located inside the cabinet for coiling and storing the redundant
part of fibers.

72 Version: D
4 Channel Subrack (3030036)

Type

The fiber spool on the channel subrack has two types according to different
installation directions.

u The type number of the left fiber spool: 4.127.219.

u The type number of the right fiber spool: 4.127.220.

Background Knowledge

u Be aware of the fragility of optical fibers when arranging optical fibers and
cables. The bend radius of optical fibers should be no less than 38 mm.

u The optical fiber cannot be made on site due to the optical fiber connector's
specificity. To meet the project start-up requirements, the optical fiber will be
longer than the actual requirement. Therefore, a dedicated device is needed for
storing the redundant optical fiber.

Functions of the Fiber Spool

u Stores the redundant optical fiber.

u Ensures that the bend radius of the optical fiber inside the fiber spool is no less
than 38 mm.

Appearance

Appearance of the fiber spools for the channel subrack is shown in Figure 4-3 and
Figure 4-4.

Version: D 73
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-3 Arrangement of the Fiber Spools for the Channel Subrack

74 Version: D
4 Channel Subrack (3030036)

Figure 4-4 The Fiber Spool for the Channel Subrack

4.5 Anti-dust Screen


Type

The type number of the anti-dust screen for the channel subrack is 4.127.201.

Function

u The anti-dust screen filters the dust, keeps components on various cards in the
subrack clean, and prevents the components from overheating due to dust
buildup.

u Clean the anti-dust screen periodically, so as to ensure the good ventilation for
the subrack.

Version: D 75
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Appearance

The anti-dust screen for the channel subrack is installed at the bottom of the
subrack, used to filter the dust. The appearance of the anti-dust screen is shown in
Figure 4-5 and Figure 4-6.

Figure 4-5 The Position of the Anti-dust Screen for the Channel Subrack

76 Version: D
4 Channel Subrack (3030036)

Figure 4-6 The Anti-dust Screen for the Channel Subrack

4.6 Slot Arrangement

The channel subrack is a single-sided subrack, which provides 17 slots in total. See
Figure 4-7 for the slot arrangement and typical card configuration in the channel
subrack.

Figure 4-7 Slot Arrangement for the Channel Subrack

Version: D 77
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.7 Distribution of GCCs in the Channel Subrack

The GCC bus is the interface bus between the service cards and the EMU card, for
transferring the information of the network management system and the control
plane.

The supervisory information between NEs can be transmitted via both the GCC
channels and the OSC channels:

u If both the OSC channels and the GCC channels exist between two NEs, the
EMU card will automatically select one type of them to use.

u If the OSC channels do not exist, the equipment will randomly select one GCC
channel to send the supervisory information; under this condition, you can
identify the GCC channel in use according to the GCC communication indicator
LEDs’ statuses on the EMU card panel.

The distribution of GCCs in the channel subrack is shown in Table 4-5.

Table 4-5 Distribution of GCCs in the Channel Subrack

Slot GCC Description

07 to 01 29 to 42 Each slot corresponds to two GCCs, e.g., slot 07


corresponds to GCC 29 and GCC 2; slot 0E
08 to 0E 43 to 56
corresponds to GCC 55 and GCC 56.

4.8 Technical Parameter

See Table 4-6 for the technical specifications of the channel subrack (3030036).

Table 4-6 Technical Specifications of the Channel Subrack (3030036)

Item Parameter
Dimensions (H × W ×D) (mm) 520.5 × 555 × 280.2
Weight (kg) 20.3

78 Version: D
5 Channel Subrack (3030105)

The following introduces the structure, related components, and technical


parameters of the channel subrack. The channel subrack is applicable for the
FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Function

Structure

Fan Unit

Fiber Spool

Anti-dust Screen

Slot Arrangement

Distribution of GCCs in the Channel Subrack

Technical Parameter

Version: D 79
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1 Function

The channel subrack performs the optical layer cross-connect and the traditional
WDM functions, but does not perform the electrical layer cross-connect function.

5.2 Structure

The structure of the channel subrack (3030105) is shown in Figure 5-1.

(1) Fiber spool (2) Mounting ear (3) Fan unit

(4) Subrack anti-dust screen (5) Fiber passage area (6) Card area

Figure 5-1 The Structure of the Channel Subrack (3030105)

See Table 5-1 for description of various components of the channel subrack.

Table 5-1 Description of Components of the Channel Subrack and Their Functions

Number Component Name Function


Located at both sides of the subrack for coiling the
(1) Fiber spool
redundant part of fibers.

(2) Mounting ear Used for securing the subrack in the cabinet.

80 Version: D
5 Channel Subrack (3030105)

Table 5-1 Description of Components of the Channel Subrack and Their Functions
(Continued)

Number Component Name Function


Located above the card area in the subrack, used for
(3) Fan unit
air cooling of the equipment.

Located at the bottom of the subrack, made up of a


Subrack anti-dust metal bearer and low-density anti-dust screen. It can
(4)
screen be secured by self-locking and be unplugged from
the subrack along the slide rails.

Located just below the card area. Each slot in the


subrack corresponds to one fiber passage hole in the
(5) Fiber passage area fiber passage area. Fibers pass through the
corresponding fiber passage holes so that the
equipment looks more neat and orderly.

The principal part of the subrack, holding various


(6) Card area cards to implement various functions of the
equipment.

5.3 Fan Unit

The following introduces the functions, appearance, intelligent fan features,


indicator LEDs, safety signs, and technical parameters of the equipment's fan unit.

The fan unit is used for lowering the temperature inside the subrack, so as to
prevent the equipment faults caused by the over-high temperature.

5.3.1 Type

The type number of the fan unit for the channel subrack is 405000147.

5.3.2 Function

The fan unit is used for air cooling of the subrack. Users can control each fan’s
running status through the network management system. If any fan fails, the other
fans will adjust their rotation speed, so that the equipment can operate normally and
efficiently under steady temperature.

Version: D 81
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.3.3 Appearance

The channel subrack (3030105) is equipped with a fan unit, which includes ten fans.
The fan unit appearance is shown in Figure 5-2.

Figure 5-2 The Fan Unit

5.3.4 Intelligent Fan Feature

The fan unit provides two working modes: intelligent and manual modes.

Overview

u The intelligent mode: The fan unit automatically adjusts the fan rotation speed
according to the change of the equipment temperature.

u The manual mode: The speeds of the fans are set via the network management
system. The speed choices include full-speed, fast, slow and low.

82 Version: D
5 Channel Subrack (3030105)

Warning:
In the manual mode, the change in equipment temperature cannot be
monitored in a real-time manner, which may lead to equipment fault. In
the normal operation of the equipment, make sure that the fan unit is in
the intelligent mode.

Function Implementation

The start mode of the fan unit is soft start, which can reduce the fan unit’s impact on
the equipment. In the intelligent mode, after starting, the fan unit rotates at a
medium speed before the network element management card monitors the fan unit.

u When starting to monitor the fan unit, the network element management card
collects the feedback information on card temperature periodically and
compares it with the built-in speed control parameters on each card to
determine the fan unit’s rotating speed choice information.

u The fan unit controls the running of fans according to the rotating speed choice
information from the network element management card to guarantee air
cooling of the equipment.

u When a fan fault occurs, the fan unit sends the fault information to the network
element management card, which then reports the fan fault alarm on the
OTNM2000.

5.3.5 Indicator LED

The indicator LEDs on the frame of the fan unit are used to display the fan's
operating status. Table 5-2 lists the description of the fan indicator LEDs.

Table 5-2 Description of the Subrack Fan Unit Indicator LEDs

Name Meaning Description

Working indicator ON (green): the power supply is present.


ACT
LED OFF: the power supply is not present.

ALM Alarm indicator LED ON (red): a fault has occurred in the fan unit.

Version: D 83
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.3.6 Safety Sign

Table 5-3 Safety Sign on the Fan Unit

Sign Meaning Location


The fan unit safety alarm sign.
This sign reminds the
maintenance staff not to touch the
running fan blades. To remove the Located on the fan unit
fan unit, operate as follows: Pull it panel.
out 5 cm, wait for one minute, and
remove the fan from the subrack
completely.

5.3.7 Technical Parameter

The technical parameters of the fan unit are shown in Table 5-4.

Table 5-4 Technical Parameters of the Fan Unit

Item Technical Parameter


Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 61 × 484.3 × 255.3
Typical power consumption Note 1: 100
Power consumption (W)
Maximum power consumption Note 2: 500

Weight (kg) 5.0


Note 1: The typical power consumption refers to the power consumption of the fan unit when
the equipment is configured with typical services and is operating under the normal
temperature (23 ± 2℃).
Note 2: The maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption of the fan unit
when the equipment is configured with the maximum consumption and is operating
under a high temperature (>45℃).

5.4 Fiber Spool

The fiber spools are located inside the cabinet for coiling and storing the redundant
part of fibers.

84 Version: D
5 Channel Subrack (3030105)

Type

The fiber spool on the channel subrack has two types according to different
installation directions.

u The type number of the left fiber spool: 4.127.219.

u The type number of the right fiber spool: 4.127.220.

Background Knowledge

u Be aware of the fragility of optical fibers when arranging optical fibers and
cables. The bend radius of optical fibers should be no less than 38 mm.

u The optical fiber cannot be made on site due to the optical fiber connector's
specificity. To meet the project start-up requirements, the optical fiber will be
longer than the actual requirement. Therefore, a dedicated device is needed for
storing the redundant optical fiber.

Functions of the Fiber Spool

u Stores the redundant optical fiber.

u Ensures that the bend radius of the optical fiber inside the fiber spool is no less
than 38mm.

Appearance

The fiber spools for the channel subrack is shown in Figure 5-3.

Version: D 85
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 5-3 The Fiber Spool for the Channel Subrack

5.5 Anti-dust Screen


Type

The type number of the anti-dust screen for the channel subrack is 4.127.201.

Function

u The anti-dust screen filters the dust, keeps components on various cards in the
subrack clean, and prevents the components from overheating due to dust
buildup.

u Clean the anti-dust screen periodically, so as to ensure the good ventilation for
the subrack.

86 Version: D
5 Channel Subrack (3030105)

Appearance

The anti-dust screen for the channel subrack is installed at the bottom of the
subrack, used to filter the dust. The appearance of the anti-dust screen is shown in
Figure 5-4.

Figure 5-4 The Anti-dust Screen for the Channel Subrack

5.6 Slot Arrangement

The channel subrack is a single-sided subrack, which provides 17 slots in total. See
Figure 5-5 for the slot arrangement and typical card configuration in the channel
subrack.

Figure 5-5 Slot Arrangement for the Channel Subrack

Version: D 87
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.7 Distribution of GCCs in the Channel Subrack

The GCC bus is the interface bus between the service cards and the EMU card, for
transferring the information of the network management system and the control
plane.

The supervisory information between NEs can be transmitted via both the GCC
channels and the OSC channels:

u If both the OSC channels and the GCC channels exist between two NEs, the
EMU card will automatically select one type of them to use.

u If the OSC channels do not exist, the equipment will randomly select one GCC
channel to send the supervisory information; under this condition, you can
identify the GCC channel in use according to the GCC communication indicator
LEDs’ statuses on the EMU card panel.

The distribution of GCCs in the channel subrack is shown in Table 5-5.

Table 5-5 Distribution of GCCs in the Channel Subrack

Slot GCC Description

07 to 01 29 to 42 Each slot corresponds to two GCCs, e.g., slot 07


corresponds to GCC 29 and GCC 2; slot 0E
08 to 0E 43 to 56
corresponds to GCC 55 and GCC 56.

5.8 Technical Parameter

See Table 5-6 for the technical specifications of the channel subrack (3030105).

Table 5-6 Technical Specifications of the Channel Subrack (3030105)

Item Parameter
Dimensions (H × W ×D) (mm) 512.5 × 555 × 280.2
Weight (kg) 22.1

88 Version: D
6 Card

The following introduces the functions, working principles, panels, and signal flow of
various cards of the FONST 5000.

Card Overview

Tributary Interface Card

Cross-connect Card

Line Interface Card

Optical Transponder Card

Optical Multiplexer / Demultiplexer Card

Optical Add / Drop Multiplexing Card

Optical Amplification Card

Optical Protection Card

Optical Supervisory Card

Channel Equilibrium Card

System Connection and Management Card

DCM

Version: D 89
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.1 Card Overview

The following introduces the structure and classification of the cards, the cards’
positioning in the system, and the association between the cards and the slots.

6.1.1 Card Structure

Components of the FONST 5000 cards are basically the same. Figure 6-1 shows
the major components and dimensions of the cards using the OTU2E card for an
example (unit: mm). See Table 6-1 for the dimensions of the cards.

90 Version: D
6 Card

(1) Latch (2) The SFP optical module (3) Card panel
on the client side
(4) The optical module on the (5) Circuit board (6) Connector
wavelength division side

(7) Indicator LED (8) Optical interface (9) Bar code label

(10) Laser level identifier (11) Card name

Figure 6-1 Card Appearance and Structure

Version: D 91
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-1 Card Appearance and Dimensions

Quanti-
ty of
Panel Dimensions
Card Appearance Corresponding Card Slots
(H × W) (mm)
Occu-
pied

8TDGF, 8TDGS, 8TGX,


8TA1, 16TA, 2TA2, 4TA2,
8TA2, 10TA2, TA3, ETA3,
TA4, TGX, 8EF, 4TEA2,
8TEA2
LMS2E, 2LMS2E, LMS3E
(single-slot) Note 1, 2LA2,
4LA2, 8LA2, 4TEL2, 4LXA2
MST2, OTU2E, OTU2F,
OTU2S, 2OTU2S, 4OTU2S,
ODU8T
OMU2/4/8, ODU2/4/8,
1 368 × 30
WDM2
ITL50, OSCAD
BIDI, WOSAD, EOSAD,
BEOSC
OANote 2, PA, VGA
OCP, OMSP, OLP
OSC, EOSC, FOSC
OPM4 / OPM8
GFF, DGE
EMU, FCU, EFCU, EMVU,
EFCVU, FCVU, ASCU,
SCU, CTU, EAIF, AIF

92 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-1 Card Appearance and Dimensions (Continued)

Quanti-
ty of
Panel Dimensions
Card Appearance Corresponding Card Slots
(H × W) (mm)
Occu-
pied
Note 1
LMS3E (double-slot) ,
LMS4E
OTU3E, OTU3S, OTU3S
(coherent)
OTU4E, OTU4S
OMU40/48_O
OMU40/48_E
VMU40/48_O
VMU40/48_E
ODU40/48_O
ODU40/48_E 2 368 × 60
WSS8M, WSS8D
WSS4M, WSS4D
WSS8MR, WSS8DT,
WSS20T, WSS8T,
FWSS8M, FWSS20M,
FWSS8D, FWSS20D
SOAD8/4
OA Note 2, HOA, ROA, MSA
RAU_B, RAU_F
OTDR8

Version: D 93
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-1 Card Appearance and Dimensions (Continued)

Quanti-
ty of
Panel Dimensions
Card Appearance Corresponding Card Slots
(H × W) (mm)
Occu-
pied

OTU3F, OTU4F, OTU3E


3 368 × 90
(coherent)

PWR 1 190 × 30

94 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-1 Card Appearance and Dimensions (Continued)

Quanti-
ty of
Panel Dimensions
Card Appearance Corresponding Card Slots
(H × W) (mm)
Occu-
pied

PWRV 1 148 × 32

MXCU, SXCU 1 635 × 32

Version: D 95
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-1 Card Appearance and Dimensions (Continued)

Quanti-
ty of
Panel Dimensions
Card Appearance Corresponding Card Slots
(H × W) (mm)
Occu-
pied

CAIF1, CAIF2 1 180 × 30

Note 1: The LMS3E cards can be classified as single-slot cards and double-slot cards.
Note 2: The OA card whose saturated output is equal to or lower than 21 dBm occupies one
slot. The OA card whose saturated output is higher than 21 dBm occupies two slots.

6.1.2 Card Classification

Based on the functions, the FONST 5000 cards are classified into electrical layer
cards, optical layer cards, and system connection and management cards. The
electrical layer cards and optical layer cards can also be further classified, as shown
in Table 6-2.

Table 6-2 Card Classification

Type Corresponding Card

8TDGS, 8TDGF, 8TGX, 8TA1, 16TA, 2TA2, 4TA2,


Electri- Tributary interface unit 8TA2, 10TA2, TA3, ETA3, TA4, TGX, 8EF, 4TEA2,
cal 8TEA2
layer Electrical cross-connect unit MXCU, SXCU
cards LMS2E, 2LMS2E, LMS3E, LMS4E, 2LA2, 4LA2,
Line interface unit
8LA2, 4TEL2, 4LXA2

96 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-2 Card Classification (Continued)

Type Corresponding Card

MST2, OTU2E, OTU2S, 2OTU2S, 4OTU2S, OTU2F,


Optical transponder unit OTU3E, OTU3E (coherent), OTU3S, OTU3S
(coherent), OTU3F, OTU4E, OTU4S, OTU4F

Optical OMU48_O, OMU48_E, OMU40_O, OMU40_E,


OMU series
multi- OMU2, OMU4, OMU8
plexing VMU series VMU48_O, VMU48_E, VMU40_O, VMU40_E
/
ODU48_O, ODU48_E, ODU40_O, ODU40_E,
demul- ODU series
ODU2, ODU4, ODU8
tiplex-
ing unit Others ITL50, OSCAD, WDM2, BIDI, WOSAD, EOSAD

Fixed optical add / drop


SOAD4, SOAD8
multiplexer unit

WSS8M, WSS8D, WSS4M, WSS4D, WSS20T,


Opti-
Dynamic optical add / drop WSS8T, FWSS8M, FWSS20M, FWSS8D,
cal
multiplexing unit FWSS20D
layer
cards WSS8MR, WSS8DT, ODU8T
Optical amplifier unit OA, PA, HOA, ROA, RAU_F, RAU_B, MSA, VGA

Optical protection unit OCP, OMSP, OLP_1:1, OLP_1+1

Optical power equalization


GFF, DGE
unit
Optical spectrum analysis unit OPM4, OPM8

Optical time domain reflection


OTDR8
unit
Optical supervisory channel
OSC, EOSC, BEOSC, FOSC
unit
System connection and management EMVU, EFCVU, FCVU, EMU, EFCU, FCU, ASCU,
unit SCU, AIF, EAIF, CAIF1, CAIF2, PWRV, PWR, CTU

6.1.3 Positioning of Cards in the System

The positions of the FONST 5000 common cards in the system are shown in
Figure 6-2.

Version: D 97
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-2 Positioning of the Common Cards in the System

6.1.4 Corresponding Relationships between Cards and


Slots

This section introduces the corresponding relationships between the cards and the
slots in the OTH and channel subracks.

Mappings between OTH Subrack Slots and Cards

Table 6-3 shows the corresponding relationships between OTH subrack slots and
cards.

Note:

In the following paragraphs the subrack slots without slot offset settings
are used for example.

98 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-3 Corresponding Relationship between OTH Subrack Slots and Cards

Suitable Slot
Card Name Suitable Slot (Rear) Remark
(Front)

8TDGF, 8TDGS, 8TGX, 8TA1, 8TS1, 8EF,


16TA, 2TA2, 4TA2, 8TA2, 10TA2, TA3,
ETA3, TA4, TGX, 4TEA2, 8TEA2, LMS2E,
2LMS2E, 2LA2, 4LA2, 8LA2, 4TEL2,
4LXA2, LMS3E (single-slot), MST2,
OTU2E, OTU2S, 2OTU2S, 4OTU2S
00 to 06 20 to 26
OMU2, OMU4, OMU8, ODU2, ODU4, 09 to 0F 29 to 2F
ODU8, ODU8T, WDM2, ITL50, OSCAD, Optional.
11 to 16 30 to 36
BIDI, WOSAD, EOSAD 19 to 1E 39 to 3F
OA (saturation output is 21 dBm or lower),
PA, VGA
GFF
OPM4, OPM8
OMSP, OCP
LMS3E (double-slot), LMS4E, OTU3E,
OTU3S, OTU3S (coherent), OTU4E,
OTU4S
OMU48_O, OMU48_E, OMU40_O,
OMU40_E, VMU48_O, VMU48_E,
VMU40_O, VMU40_E, ODU48_O, 00 to 05 20 to 25
ODU48_E, ODU40_O, ODU40_E, 09 to 0E 29 to 2E Optional. Each card
WSS8M, WSS8D, WSS4M, WSS4D, 11 to 15 30 to 35 occupies two slots.
WSS8MR, WSS8DT, WSS20T, WSS8T, 19 to 1D 39 to 3E
FWSS8M, FWSS20M, FWSS8D,
FWSS20D, SOAD4, SOAD8
OA (saturation output is 21 dBm or above),
MSA, HOA, ROA, RAU_F, RAU_B

OTDR8
00 to 04 20 to 24
09 to 0D 29 to 2D Optional. Each card
OTU3F, OTU4F, OTU3E (coherent)
11 to 14 30 to 34 occupies three slots.
19 to 1C 39 to 3D
OSC, EOSC, BEOSC, FOSC - 3F Optional.

One EMVU card is


mandatory for one NE.
EMVU 10, 11 -
The two slots 10 and 11
back up each other.

Version: D 99
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-3 Corresponding Relationship between OTH Subrack Slots and Cards (Continued)

Suitable Slot
Card Name Suitable Slot (Rear) Remark
(Front)

EFCVU 10, 11 - Mandatory for the


extended subrack. Select
either the EFCVU card or
the FCVU card according
to whether the DCC
FCVU 10 - function is supported. The
EFCVU card must be
selected when the
equipment is equipped
with the control plane.

Mandatory when the


control plane is equipped
with. This card is installed
ASCU 00, 01 - in the main subrack
where the EMVU card is
configured. Two slots can
back up each other.

Mandatory when the


equipment is equipped
with the control plane.
This card is installed in
SCU 00, 01 -
the extended subrack
where the EFCVU card is
configured. Two slots can
back up each other.

CTU 0F - Optional.

One is mandatory for the


PWRV F0, 18 37, 38 front and rear sides of the
subrack respectively.

CAIF1 17 - Mandatory.

CAIF2 1F - Mandatory.

100 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-3 Corresponding Relationship between OTH Subrack Slots and Cards (Continued)

Suitable Slot
Card Name Suitable Slot (Rear) Remark
(Front)

MXCU 07 27 Mandatory. The MXCU


card and the SXCU card
on the front side perform
the main cross-connect
card functions and the
SXCU 08 28 MXCU card and the
SXCU card on the rear
side perform the standby
cross-connect card
functions.

Mappings between Channel Subrack Slots and Cards

Table 6-4 lists the corresponding relationships between cards and channel subrack
slots.

Table 6-4 Mapping Relationships between Cards and Channel Subrack Slots

Suitable
Card Name Remark
Slot
MST2, OTU2E, OTU2S, 2OTU2S, 4OTU2S 01 to 0E Optional.

OTU3E, OTU3S, OTU3S (coherent), OTU4S,


01 to 0D Optional. Each card occupies two slots.
OTU4E
OTU3F, OTU4F, OTU3E (coherent) 01 to 0C Optional. Each card occupies three slots.

OMU48_O, OMU48_E, OMU40_O, OMU40_E,


VMU48_O, VMU48_E, VMU40_O, VMU40_E, 01 to 0D Optional. Each card occupies two slots.
ODU48_O, ODU48_E, ODU40_O, ODU40_E

WSS8M, WSS8D, WSS4M, WSS4D, WSS8MR,


WSS8DT, WSS20T, WSS8T, FWSS8M, 01 to 0D Optional. Each card occupies two slots.
FWSS20M, FWSS8D, FWSS20D, SOAD8/4
ITL50, OSCAD, BIDI, WOSAD, EOSAD, OMU2 /
01 to 0E Optional.
4 / 8, ODU2 / 4 / 8, ODU8T, WDM2
OA (saturation output is 21 dBm or lower), PA,
01 to 0E Optional.
VGA
OA (saturation output is 21 dBm or above), MSA,
01 to 0D Optional. Each card occupies two slots.
HOA, RAU_F, RAU_B, ROA

OTDR8 01 to 0D Optional. Each card occupies two slots.

OCP, OMSP 01 to 0E Optional.

Version: D 101
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-4 Mapping Relationships between Cards and Channel Subrack Slots (Continued)

Suitable
Card Name Remark
Slot
GFF
OPM4, OPM8

OLP 06, 07 Optional.

OSC, EOSC, BEOSC, FOSC 02 Mandatory.

One EMU card is mandatory for one NE. The two


EMU 00, 01
slots 00 and 01 can back up each other.

FCU 00 Mandatory for the extended subrack. Select


either the EFCU card or the FCU card according
to whether the DCC function is supported. The
EFCU 00, 01 EFCU card must be selected when the
equipment is equipped with the control plane
unit.
Mandatory when the equipment is equipped with
the Control Plane unit. The ASCU card is used in
ASCU 04, 05
a main subrack installed with the EMU card.
Slots 10 and 11 back up each other.

Mandatory when the equipment is equipped with


the Control Plane unit. The SCU card is used in
SCU 04, 05
an extended subrack installed with the EFCU
card. Slots 10 and 11 back up each other.

PWR 0F Mandatory.

Mandatory for the main subrack (i.e., the subrack


AIF, EAIF 0E
configured with the EMU card).

6.2 Tributary Interface Card

The following introduces the functions, service access capability, application in the
system, panel description and specifications of each tributary interface card.

6.2.1 The 8TDGF Card

The 8TDGF card number is 2.170.798.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

102 Version: D
6 Card

6.2.1.1 Function

The 8TDGF card receives eight optical signals (GE and 1GFC) from the client side
for the O/E conversion, aggregates into four electrical signals and sends to the
electrical cross-connect card for grooming. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 8TDGF card performs the following functions:

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Supports the GE and 1GFC signals' PCS
error and packet statistic monitoring function.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing and
maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the remote end loopback of signals at the optical interface
and the backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use SFP (Small Form-Factor
Pluggable) optical modules, which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate
and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software function: Performs remote software upgrade


function of all cards via the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.1.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 8TDGF card’s service type and quantity are shown in Table 6-5.

Version: D 103
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-5 Access Service and Quantity of the 8TDGF Card

Card Interface Quantity Service Type Backplane Bandwidth

GE
1GFC
8TDGF 8 Hybrid 10G Note 1
transmission of the
aforesaid services
Note 1: The total rate of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.1.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.1.4 Panel

Figure 6-3 illustrates the 8TDGF card panel.

104 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-3 The 8TDGF Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-6.

Version: D 105
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-6 Description of the 8TDGF Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working indicator ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
LED generally, ON indicates poor communication between the
card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or
major alarm).
UA/NUA Alarm indicator LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
OUT is for transmitting
service signals to the client
OUT1 / IN1 The optical interface
The 1st to the 8th side equipment.
to OUT8 / connector: the LC-type
optical interfaces IN is for receiving service
IN8 connector.
signals from the client side
equipment.

6.2.1.5 Specifications of the 8TDGF Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-7 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TDGF Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical module type – 1000BASE-LX 1000BASE-EX 1000BASE-ZX


Optical line code – NRZ NRZ NRZ
Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1270 to 1355 1275 to 1350 1500 to 1580
range

Maximum mean launched


Transmitter dBm -3 0 5
power
at reference
Minimum mean launched
point S dBm -8 -5 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 9 9 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the IEEE802.3 mask

Receiver at
Minimum sensitivity (BER
reference dBm -20 -23 -23
≤ 10-12)
point R

106 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-7 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TDGF Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum overload (BER ≤


dBm -3 -3 -3
10-12)

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-8 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TDGF Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

8TDGF 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-9 Power Consumption of the 8TDGF Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

8TDGF 50

6.2.2 The 8TDGS Card

The 8TDGS card number is 2.170.903.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.2.2.1 Function

The 8TDGS card receives eight STM-1 / 4 / 16, GE, or 1GFC / 2GFC optical signals
from the client side for O / E conversion, aggregates into electrical signals and
sends to the cross-connect card for grooming. The card also fulfills the reverse
process.

The 8TDGS card performs the following functions:

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors B1 and J0 overhead bytes of the


SDH as well as PCS bit error and packet statistics of the GE signals.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing and
maintenance.
Version: D 107
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u Loopback: Supports the remote loopback of signals at the client side optical
interface and the Port interface on the backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use SFP (Small Form-Factor
Pluggable) optical modules, which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate
and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software function: Performs the remote software


upgrade function of all cards via the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.2.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-10 for the 8TDGS card’s access service type and quantity.

Table 6-10 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 8TDGS Card

Card Name Interface Quantity Service Type Backplane Bandwidth

STM-1 / 4 / 16
8TDGS 8 GE 10G Note 1
1GFC / 2GFC
Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.2.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.2.4 Panel

Figure 6-4 illustrates the 8TDGS card panel.

108 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-4 The 8TDGS Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-11.

Version: D 109
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-11 Description of the 8TDGS Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates poor communication between the
card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator alarm).
UA/NUA
LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
OUT is for transmitting
service signals to the client
The 1st to the The optical interface
OUT1 / IN1 to side equipment.
8th optical connector: the LC-type
OUT8 / IN8 IN is for receiving service
interfaces connector.
signals from the client side
equipment.

6.2.2.5 Specifications of the 8TDGS Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-12 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TDGS Card

Item Unit Specification

155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G


Optical module type – multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP
optical module optical module optical module

Optical line code – NRZ NRZ NRZ


Target distance km 15 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1260 to 1335 1280 to 1335 1500 to 1580
range

Source type – SLM/DFB SLM/DFB SLM/DFB


Transmitter
Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1 1 1
at reference
Minimum side mode
point S dB 30 30 30
suppression ratio

Maximum mean launched


dBm 0 3 3
power

110 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-12 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TDGS Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum mean launched


dBm -5 -2 -2
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2 8.2 8.2


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.957 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER
dBm -18 -27 -28
Receiver at ≤ 10-12)
reference Minimum overload (BER ≤
dBm 0 -9 -9
point R 10-12)

Maximum reflectance of
dB -27 -27 -27
receiver, measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-13 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TDGS Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

8TDGS 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-14 Power Consumption of the 8TDGS Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

8TDGS 40

6.2.3 The 8TGX Card

The card number of the 8TGX card is 2.200.524.

The card is applicable for the FONST 5000.

Version: D 111
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.2.3.1 Function

The 8TGX card receives eight STM-1 / 4 / 16, GE, or FC100 / FC200 signals from
the client side for O / E conversion, aggregates into electrical signals and sends to
the cross-connect card for grooming. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 8TGX card performs the following functions:

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors B1 and J0 overhead bytes of the


SDH as well as PCS bit error and packet statistics of the GE signals.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing and
maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the remote loopback of signals at the client side optical
interface and the Port interface on the backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use SFP (Small Form-Factor
Pluggable) optical modules, which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate
and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software function: Performs the remote software


upgrade function of all cards via the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.3.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 8TGX card’s service type and the bandwidth are shown in Table 6-15.

Table 6-15 The 8TGX Card’s Service Type and Quantity

Backplane
Card Interface Quantity Service Type
Bandwidth
STM-1 / 4 / 16
8TGX 8 GE 10GNote 1
FC100 / FC200
Note 1: The total rate of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

112 Version: D
6 Card

6.2.3.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.3.4 The Panel Description

Figure 6-5 illustrates the 8TGX card panel.

Version: D 113
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-5 The 8TGX Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-16.

114 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-16 The 8TGX Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal working status;


Working status ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the


card.
Alarm indicator Red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
UA / NUA
LED alarm).
Yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

The optical
The 1st optical OUT is for transmitting service
interface
OUT1 / IN1 to interface to the signals to client side devices.
connector: the
OUT8 / IN8 8th optical IN is for receiving service signals
LC-type
interface from client side devices.
connector.

6.2.3.5 Specification of the 8TGX Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-17 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TGX Card

Item Unit Specification

155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G


Optical module type - multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP
optical module optical module optical module

Optical line code - NRZ NRZ NRZ


Target distance km 15 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1260 to 1335 1280 to 1335 1500 to 1580
range

Source type - SLM / DFB SLM / DFB SLM / DFB


Maximum -20 dB width nm 1 1 1
Transmitter
Minimum side mode
at reference dB 30 30 30
suppression ratio
point S
Maximum mean launched
dBm 0 3 3
power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -5 -2 -2
power

Version: D 115
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-17 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TGX Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2 8.2 8.2


Transmit signal eye pattern - ITU-T G.957 mask compliant

Receiver type - PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤
dBm -18 -27 -28
Receiver at 10-12)
reference Minimum overload (BER ≤
dBm 0 -9 -9
point R 10-12)

Maximum reflectance of
dB -27 -27 -27
receiver, measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-18 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TGX Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

8TGX 368×30

Power Consumption

Table 6-19 Power Consumption of the 8TGX Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

8TGX 40

6.2.4 The 8TA1 Card

The 8TA1 card number is 2.170.799.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.2.4.1 Function

The 8TA1 card receives eight optical signals (STM-16 / OTU1) from the client side,
performs the O / E conversion, and then sends them to the cross-connect card for
cross-connect. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 8TA1 card performs the following functions:

116 Version: D
6 Card

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors SDH B1 and J0 bytes; Monitors


OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing and
maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the remote end loopback of signals at the optical interface
and the backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use SFP (Small Form-Factor
Pluggable) optical modules, which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate
and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software function: Performs the remote software


upgrade function of all cards via the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.4.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 8TA1 card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity, is
shown in Table 6-20.

Table 6-20 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 8TA1 Card

Card Interface Quantity Service Type Backplane Bandwidth

STM-16
OTU1
8TA1 8 Hybrid transmission 20GNote 1
of the aforesaid
services
Note 1: The total rate of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.4.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

Version: D 117
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.2.4.4 Panel

Figure 6-6 illustrates the 8TA1 card panel.

Figure 6-6 The 8TA1 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-21.

118 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-21 Description of the 8TA1 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating


status.
Working indicator ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating
ACT
LED status; generally, ON indicates poor
communication between the card and the
network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are


filtered.
Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical
alarm or major alarm).
UA/NUA Alarm indicator LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm
(minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-
urgent alarms.

OUT is for
transmitting service
signals to the client
The optical interface
OUT1 / IN1 to OUT8 / The 1st to the 8th side equipment.
connector: the LC-
IN8 optical interfaces IN is for receiving
type connector.
service signals from
the client side
equipment.

6.2.4.5 Specifications of the 8TA1 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-22 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TA1 Card

Item Unit Specification

155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G


Optical module type – multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP
optical module optical module optical module

Optical line code – NRZ NRZ NRZ


Target distance km 15 40 80

Transmitter Operating wavelength


nm 1260 to 1335 1280 to 1335 1500 to 1580
at reference range
point S Source type – SLM/DFB SLM/DFB SLM/DFB

Version: D 119
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-22 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TA1 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1 1 1


Minimum side mode
dB 30 30 30
suppression ratio

Maximum mean launched


dBm 0 3 3
power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -5 -2 -2
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2 8.2 8.2


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.957 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER
dBm -18 -27 -28
Receiver at ≤ 10-12)
reference Minimum overload (BER ≤
dBm 0 -9 -9
point R 10-12)

Maximum reflectance of
dB -27 -27 -27
receiver, measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-23 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TA1 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

8TA1 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-24 Power Consumption of the 8TA1 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

8TA1 30

6.2.5 The 16TA Card

The 16TA card number is 2.200.864.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

120 Version: D
6 Card

6.2.5.1 Function

The 16TA card receives 16 optical signals (OTU1 / GE / FE / 1GFC / 2GFC /4GFC /
STM-1 / STM-4 / STM-16) from the client side for O / E conversion, and aggregates
the signals into two ODU2 electrical signals or eight OTU1 electrical signals. The
card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 16TA card performs the following functions:

u Supports hybrid transmission of 16 services with total rate not exceeding the
bandwidth of the backplane (20 G).

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Monitors SDH B1 and J0 overheads.

4 Monitors OTN performance and alarms. Supports the PM function of the


ODU2 signals and the SM / PM function of the OTU1 signals.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing and
maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the loopback of signals at the optical interface and the
backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use SFP (Small Form-Factor
Pluggable) optical modules, which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate
and maintain.

u The optical interface performs the following test functions: optical power test,
temperature test, laser bias current test, etc.

u Remote upgrade of card software function: Performs remote software upgrade


function of all cards via the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

Version: D 121
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.2.5.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 16TA card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity, is
shown in Table 6-25.

Table 6-25 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 16TA Card

Card Name Interface Quantity Service Type Backplane Bandwidth

OTU1
GE
FE
1GFC / 2GFC / 4GFC
16TA 16 20G Note 1
STM-1 / 4 / 16
The hybrid
transmission of
previous services

Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.5.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.5.4 Panel

Figure 6-7 illustrates the 16TA card panel.

122 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-7 The 16TA Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-26.

Version: D 123
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-26 Description of the 16TA Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal working status;


Working ON or OFF indicates abnormal working status; generally,
ACT
indicator LED ON indicates poor communication between the card and
the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator
UA/NUA alarm).
LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting


service signals to the client
The 1st to the The optical interface
OUT1 / IN1 to side equipment.
16th optical connector: the LC-type
OUT16 / IN16 IN is for receiving service
interfaces connector.
signals from the client side
equipment.

6.2.5.5 Specifications of the 16TA Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-27 Optical Interface Specifications of the 16TA Card

Item Unit Specification

155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G


Optical module type – multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP
optical module optical module optical module

Optical line code – NRZ NRZ NRZ


Target distance km 15 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1260 to 1335 1280 to 1335 1500 to 1580
range

Source type – SLM/DFB SLM/DFB SLM/DFB


Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1 1 1
Transmitter
Minimum side mode
at reference dB 30 30 30
suppression ratio
point S
Maximum mean launched
dBm 0 3 3
power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -5 -2 -2
power

124 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-27 Optical Interface Specifications of the 16TA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2 8.2 8.2


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.957 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER
dBm -18 -27 -28
Receiver at ≤ 10-12)
reference Minimum overload (BER ≤
dBm 0 -9 -9
point R 10-12)

Maximum reflectance of
dB -27 -27 -27
receiver, measured at R

Table 6-28 4GFC Optical Interface Specifications of the 16TA Card

Item Unit Specification

Target distance km 10
Operating wavelength range nm 1260 to 1335
Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1
Minimum side mode suppression
dB 30
ratio
Transmit-
Maximum mean launched power dBm 2
ter at
Minimum mean launched power dBm -5
reference
point S Extinction ratio dB 8.5 to 15
Compliant with the ITU-T G.
Transmit signal eye pattern –
957 mask
Accuracy of receiving power
dB ±2.0
indication
Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm -19
Receiver Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm 0
at Maximum reflectance of receiver,
reference dB -27
measured at R
point R
Accuracy of transmitting power
dB ±1.5
indication

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-29 Mechanical Parameters of the 16TA Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

16TA 368 × 30

Version: D 125
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 6-30 Power Consumption of the 16TA Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

16TA 69

6.2.6 The 2TA2 Card

The 2TA2 card number is 2.170.888.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.2.6.1 Function

The 2TA2 card receives two optical signals such as STM-64 / 10GE LAN / 10GE
WAN / 8GFC / 10GFC / OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f from the client side; after the O/E
conversion, it maps the signals into electrical signals using the mapping mode
defined in ITU-T Rec. G.709, and finally sends them to the cross-connect card via
the backplane for cross-connect grooming. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 2TA2 card performs the following functions:

u Hybrid transmission for services: Supports two channels of hybrid service


transmission.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Supports the SDH B1 and J0 overhead monitoring.

4 Supports the OTN performance and alarm monitoring.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local / remote loopback of signals at the client side
optical interface and the Port interface on the backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use XFP (10 Gigabit Small
Form-Factor Pluggable) optical modules, which are small, pluggable, and easy
to operate and maintain.

126 Version: D
6 Card

u Remote upgrade of card software function: Performs remote software upgrade


function of all cards via the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained via the network management system, including the
module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.6.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-31 for the 2TA2 card’s access service type and quantity.

Table 6-31 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 2TA2 Card

Client Side Interface Backplane


Card Name Service Type
Quantity Bandwidth
STM-64
10GE LAN
10GE WAN
OTU2
OTU2e
2TA2 2 20G Note 1
OTU2f
10GFC
8GFC
The hybrid transmission
of previous services

Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.6.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.6.4 Panel

Figure 6-8 illustrates the 2TA2 card panel.

Version: D 127
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-8 The 2TA2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-32.

128 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-32 Description of the 2TA2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the


card.
Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator
UA/NUA alarm).
LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
OUT is for transmitting service The optical
The 1st and the
OUT1 / IN1 to signals to the client side equipment. interface
2nd optical
OUT2 / IN2 IN is for receiving service signals connector: the LC-
interfaces
from the client side equipment. type connector.

6.2.6.5 Specifications of the 2TA2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-33 Optical Interface Specifications of the 2TA2 Card

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type –
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
range

Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1.0 0.4 0.4


Minimum side mode
dB 30 – –
Transmitter suppression ratio
at reference Maximum mean launched
dBm -1 2 4
point S power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.691 mask

Version: D 129
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-33 Optical Interface Specifications of the 2TA2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤
dBm -14 -17 -24
Receiver at 10-12)
reference Minimum overload (BER ≤
dBm 0 0 -7
point R 10-12)

Maximum reflectance of
dB -27 -27 -27
receiver, measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-34 Mechanical Parameters of the 2TA2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

2TA2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-35 Power Consumption of the 2TA2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

2TA2 44

6.2.7 The 4TA2 Card

The card number of the 4TA2 card is 2.170.877.

It is applicable for the FONST 4000 / 5000.

6.2.7.1 Function

The 4TA2 card receives four optical signals such as STM-64 / 10GE LAN / 10GE
WAN / OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f / 10GFC /8 GFC from the client side; after the O/E
conversion, it maps the signals into electrical signals using the mapping mode
defined in ITU-T Rec. G.709, and finally sends them to the cross-connect card for
cross-connect grooming. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 4TA2 card performs the following functions:

130 Version: D
6 Card

u Hybrid transmission for services: Supports four channels of hybrid service


transmission.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Monitors SDH B1 and J0 overheads.

4 Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local and remote end loopback of signals at the optical
interface and the backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use XFP (10 Gigabit Small
Form-Factor Pluggable) optical modules, which are small, pluggable, and easy
to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software function: Performs remote software upgrade


function of all cards via the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.7.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 4TA2 card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity, is
shown in Table 6-36.

Version: D 131
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-36 The 4TA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity

Backplane
Card Name Interface Quantity Service Type
Bandwidth
STM-64
10GE LAN
10GE WAN
OTU2
OTU2e
4TA2 4 40G
OTU2f
10GFC
8GFC
The hybrid transmission
of previous services

Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.7.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.7.4 Panel

Figure 6-9 illustrates the 4TA2 card panel.

132 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-9 The 4TA2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-37.

Version: D 133
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-37 Descriptions of the 4TA2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating


status.
Working indicator ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
LED generally, ON indicates poor communication
between the card and the network management
system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm
or major alarm).
UA/NUA Alarm indicator LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor
alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-
urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting


service signals to the
client side equipment. The optical interface
OUT1 / IN1 to The 1st to 4th optical
IN is for receiving connector: the LC-type
OUT4 / IN4 interfaces
service signals from connector.
the client side
equipment.

6.2.7.5 Specifications of the 4TA2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-38 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4TA2 Card

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type –
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
range

Transmitter Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1.0 0.4 0.4


at reference Minimum side mode
dB 30 – –
point S suppression ratio

Maximum mean launched


dBm -1 2 4
power

134 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-38 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4TA2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.691 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER
dBm -14 -17 -24
Receiver at ≤ 10-12)
reference Minimum overload (BER ≤
dBm 0 0 -7
point R 10-12)

Maximum reflectance of
dB -27 -27 -27
receiver, measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-39 Mechanical Parameters of the 4TA2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

4TA2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-40 Power Consumption of the 4TA2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

4TA2 50

6.2.8 The 4TEA2 Card

The card number of the 4TEA2 card is 2.107.982.

The 4TEA2 card is applicable for the FONST 4000 / 5000.

Version: D 135
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.2.8.1 Function

The 4TEA2 card receives four optical signals such as STM-64 / 10GE LAN / 10GE
WAN / OTU2 / OTU2e / 8GFC from the client side; after the O/E conversion, it maps
the signals into electrical signals using the mapping mode defined in ITU-T Rec.
G.709, and finally sends them to the cross-connect card for cross-connect grooming.
The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 4TEA2 card performs the following functions:

u Hybrid transmission for services: Supports four channels of hybrid service


transmission.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Supports the SDH B1 and J0 overhead monitoring.

4 Supports the OTN performance and alarm monitoring.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local and remote loopback of signals at the client side
optical interface and the Port interface on the backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use XFP optical modules,
which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained via the network management system, including the
module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.8.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 4TEA2 card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-41.

136 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-41 The 4TEA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity

Client Side Interface Client Side Signal Backplane


Card Name
Quantity Type Bandwidth
STM-64
10GE LAN
10GE WAN
OTU2
4TEA2 4 40G
OTU2e
8GFC
Hybrid transmission of
the aforesaid services
Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.8.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.8.4 Panel

Figure 6-10 illustrates the 4TEA2 card panel.

Version: D 137
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-10 The 4TEA2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-42.

138 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-42 Descriptions of the 4TEA2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating


status.
Working indicator ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
LED generally, ON indicates poor communication
between the card and the network management
system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm
or major alarm).
UA/NUA Alarm indicator LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor
alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-
urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting


service signals to the
client side equipment. The optical interface
OUT1 / IN1 to The 1st to 4th optical
IN is for receiving connector: the LC-type
OUT4 / IN4 interfaces
service signals from connector.
the client side
equipment.

6.2.8.5 Specifications of the 4TEA2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-43 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4TEA2 Card

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type –
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
range

Transmitter Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1.0 0.4 0.4


at reference Minimum side mode
dB 30 – –
point S suppression ratio

Maximum mean launched


dBm -1 2 4
power

Version: D 139
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-43 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4TEA2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.691 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤
dBm -14 -17 -24
10-12)
Receiver at
Minimum overload (BER ≤
reference dBm 0 0 -7
10-12)
point R
Maximum reflectance of
receiver, measured at dB -27 -27 -27
reference point R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-44 Mechanical Parameters of the 4TEA2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

4TEA2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-45 Power Consumption of the 4TEA2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

4TEA2 55.83

6.2.9 The 8TEA2 Card

The card number of the 8TEA2 card is 2.170.983.

The 8TEA2 card is applicable for the FONST 4000 / 5000.

140 Version: D
6 Card

6.2.9.1 Function

The card receives eight optical signals such as STM-64 / 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN /
OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f / 10GFC / 8GFC from the client side; after the O / E
conversion, maps the signals into electrical signals using the ITU-T Rec. G.709
standard mapping mode, and finally transmits them to the electrical cross-connect
card via the backplane for cross-connect grooming. The card also fulfills the reverse
process.

The 8TEA2 card performs the following functions and features:

u Hybrid transmission for services: supports eight channels of hybrid service


transmission.

u Performance collection and alarm monitoring:

4 Supports the SDH B1 and J0 overhead monitoring.

4 Monitors OTN performance data and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing and
maintenance.

u Loopback: supports the near end or remote loopback of signals at the client
side optical interface and at the backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use XFP optical modules,
which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software: performs remote software upgrade function


of the card via the network management system.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained via the network management system, including the
module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.9.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 8TEA2 card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-46.

Version: D 141
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-46 The 8TEA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity

Client Side Interface Backplane


Card Name Client Side Signal Type
Quantity Bandwidth
STM-64
10GE LAN
10GE WAN
OTU2
OTU2e
8TEA2 8 80G
OTU2f
10GFC
8GFC
Hybrid transmission of the
aforesaid services
Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.9.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.9.4 Panel

Figure 6-11 illustrates the 8TEA2 card panel.

142 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-11 The 8TEA2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-47.

Version: D 143
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-47 Descriptions of the 8TEA2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the


card.
Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator
UA/NUA alarm).
LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
The 1st optical OUT is for transmitting service The optical
OUT1 / IN1 to interface to the signals to the client side equipment. interface
OUT8 / IN8 8th optical IN is for receiving service signals connector: the LC-
interface from the client side equipment. type connector.

6.2.9.5 Specifications of the 8TEA2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-48 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TEA2 Card

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type –
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
range

Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1.0 0.4 0.4


Minimum side mode
dB 30 – –
Transmitter suppression ratio

at reference Maximum mean launched


dBm -1 2 4
point S power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.691 mask

144 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-48 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TEA2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER
dBm -14 -17 -24
≤ 10-12)
Receiver at
Minimum overload (BER ≤
reference dBm 0 0 -7
10-12)
point R
Maximum reflectance of
receiver, measured at dB -27 -27 -27
reference point R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-49 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TEA2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

8TEA2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-50 Power Consumption of the 8TEA2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

8TEA2 81

6.2.10 The 8TA2 Card

The card number of the 8TA2 card is 2.170.879.

It is applicable for the FONST 4000 / 5000.

6.2.10.1 Function

The 8TA2 card receives eight optical signals such as STM-64 / 10GE LAN / 10GE
WAN / OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f / 10GFC /8 GFC from the client side; after the O/E
conversion, it maps the signals into electrical signals using the mapping mode
defined in ITU-T Rec. G.709, and finally sends them to the cross-connect card for
cross-connect grooming. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

Version: D 145
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The 8TA2 card performs the following functions:

u Hybrid transmission for services: Supports eight channels of hybrid service


transmission.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Monitors SDH B1 and J0 overheads.

4 Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local and remote end loopback of signals at the optical
interface and the backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use XFP optical modules,
which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software function: Performs the remote software


upgrade function of all cards via the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.10.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 8TA2 card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity, is
shown in Table 6-51.

146 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-51 The 8TA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity

Card Name Interface Quantity Service Type Backplane Bandwidth

STM-64
10GE LAN
10GE WAN
OTU2
OTU2e
8TA2 8 OTU2f 80G
10GFC
8GFC
The hybrid
transmission of
previous services

Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.10.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.10.4 Panel

Figure 6-12 illustrates the 8TA2 card panel.

Version: D 147
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-12 The 8TA2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-52.

148 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-52 Descriptions of the 8TA2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates poor communication between the
card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator alarm).
UA/NUA
LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
OUT is for transmitting
service signals to the client
The 1st to the The optical interface
OUT1 / IN1 to side equipment.
8th optical connector: the LC-type
OUT8 / IN8 IN is for receiving service
interfaces connector.
signals from the client side
equipment.

6.2.10.5 Specifications of the 8TA2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-53 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TA2 Card

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type –
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
range

Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1.0 0.4 0.4


Minimum side mode
dB 30 – –
Transmitter suppression ratio

at reference Maximum mean launched


dBm -1 2 4
point S power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.691 mask

Version: D 149
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-53 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8TA2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤
dBm -14 -17 -24
Receiver at 10-12)
reference Minimum overload (BER ≤
dBm 0 0 -7
point R 10-12)

Maximum reflectance of
dB -27 -27 -27
receiver, measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-54 Mechanical Parameters of the 8TA2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

8TA2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-55 Power Consumption of the 8TA2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

8TA2 81

6.2.11 The 10TA2 Card

The card number of the 10TA2 card is 2.200.449.

The card is applicable for the FONST 5000.

6.2.11.1 Function

The 10TA2 card receives 10 optical signals such as STM-64 / 10GE LAN / WAN /
OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f / FC1000 / FC800 from the client side; after the O/E
conversion, it maps the signals into electrical signals using the mapping mode
defined in ITU-T Rec. G.709, and finally sends them to the cross-connect card for
cross-connect grooming. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 10TA2 card performs the following functions:

150 Version: D
6 Card

u Hybrid transmission for services: Supports 10 channels of hybrid service


transmission.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Monitors SDH B1 and J0 overheads.

4 Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local and remote end loopback of signals at the optical
interface and the backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use XFP optical modules,
which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software function: Performs the remote software


upgrade function of all cards via the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.11.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 10TA2 card’s access service type and quantity are shown in Table 6-56.

Table 6-56 The 10TA2 Card’s Service Type and Quantity

Card Interface Quantity Service Type Backplane Bandwidth

STM-64
10GE LAN / WAN
OTU2
OTU2e
10TA2 10 OTU2f 100GNote 1
FC1000
FC800
Hybrid transmission of the
aforesaid services
Note 1: The total rate of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

Version: D 151
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.2.11.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.11.4 The Panel Description

Figure 6-13 illustrates the 10TA2 card panel.

152 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-13 The 10TA2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-57.

Version: D 153
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-57 The 10TA2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal working status;


Working status ON or OFF indicates the abnormal working status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates poor communication between the
card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator
UA / NUA alarm).
LED
Yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting


The 1st optical service signals to client
The optical interface
OUT1 / IN1 to interface to the side devices.
connector: the LC-type
OUT10 / IN10 10th optical IN is for receiving service
connector.
interface signals from client side
devices.

6.2.11.5 Specifications of the 10TA2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-58 Optical Interface Specifications of the 10TA2 Card

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type -
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
range

Maximum -20 dB width nm 1.0 0.4 0.4


Minimum side mode
dB 30 - -
Transmitter suppression ratio

at reference Maximum mean launched


dBm -1 2 4
point S power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern - ITU-T G.691 mask compliant

154 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-58 Optical Interface Specifications of the 10TA2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Receiver type - PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤
dBm -14 -17 -24
Receiver at 10-12)
reference Minimum overload (BER ≤
dBm 0 0 -7
point R 10-12)

Maximum reflectance of
dB -27 -27 -27
receiver, measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-59 Mechanical Parameters of the 10TA2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

10TA2 368×30

Power Consumption

Table 6-60 Power Consumption of the 10TA2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

10TA2 92

6.2.12 The TA3 Card

The card number of the TA3 card is 2.170.897.

It is applicable for the FONST 4000 / 5000.

6.2.12.1 Function

The TA3 card receives one optical signal such as STM-256 / OTU3 / OTU3e1 from
the client side; after the O/E conversion, it maps the signal into the electrical signal
using the mapping mode defined in ITU-T Rec. G.709, and finally sends it to the
cross-connect card for cross-connect grooming. The card also fulfills the reverse
process.

The TA3 card performs the following functions:

Version: D 155
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Monitors SDH B1 and J0 overheads.

4 Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local and remote end loopback of signals at the optical
interface and the backplane side.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.12.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-61 for the TA3 card’s access service type and quantity.

Table 6-61 The TA3 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity

Backplane
Card Name Interface Quantity Service Type
Bandwidth
STM-256
TA3 1 OTU3 40G
OTU3e1
Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.12.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.12.4 Panel

Figure 6-14 illustrates the TA3 card panel.

156 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-14 The TA3 Card Panel

See Table 6-62 for the TA3 card’s access service type and quantity.

Version: D 157
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-62 Descriptions of the TA3 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating


status.
Working indicator ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
LED generally, ON indicates poor communication
between the card and the network management
system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or
major alarm).
Alarm indicator
UA/NUA Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor
LED
alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
OUT is for transmitting
service signals to the
The optical interface
client side equipment.
OUT / IN Optical interface connector: the LC-type
IN is for receiving service
connector.
signals from the client
side equipment.

6.2.12.5 Specifications of the TA3 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-63 Optical Interface Specifications of the TA3 Card

Item Unit Specification

Application code – VRZ2000-3R2


Optical line code – NRZ
Operating wavelength range nm 1530 to 1565

Transmit- Minimum side mode suppression


dB 35
ter at ratio
reference Maximum mean launched power dBm 3
point S Minimum mean launched power dBm 0
Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2

158 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-63 Optical Interface Specifications of the TA3 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm -6


Receiver -12
Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm 3
at
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 40
reference
point R Maximum reflectance of receiver,
dB -27
measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-64 Mechanical Parameters of the TA3 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

TA3 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-65 Power Consumption of the TA3 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

TA3 40

6.2.13 The ETA3 Card

The card number of the ETA3 card is 2.200.532.

It is applicable for the FONST 4000 / 5000.

6.2.13.1 Function

The ETA3 card receives one optical signal such as STM-256 / OTU3 / 40GE /
OTU3e1 from the client side; after the O/E conversion, it maps the signal into one
electrical signal using the mapping mode defined in ITU-T Rec. G.709, and finally
sends it to the cross-connect card through the backplane for cross-connect
grooming. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The ETA3 card performs the following functions:

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

Version: D 159
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 Supports the SDH B1 and J0 overhead monitoring.

4 Supports the OTN performance and alarm monitoring.

4 Supports the performance monitoring of data services.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local and remote loopback of signals at the client side
optical interface and the Port interface on the backplane side.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained via the network management system, including the
module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.13.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-66 for the ETA3 card’s access service type and quantity.

Table 6-66 The ETA3 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity

Client Side Interface Backplane


Card Name Service Type
Quantity Bandwidth
STM-256
OTU3
ETA3 1 40G
OTU3e1
40 GE
Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.13.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

160 Version: D
6 Card

6.2.13.4 Panel

Figure 6-15 illustrates the ETA3 card panel.

Figure 6-15 The ETA3 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-67.

Version: D 161
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-67 Description of the ETA3 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating


status.
Working indicator ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication
between the card and the network management
system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on


the card.
Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or
Alarm indicator major alarm).
UA/NUA
LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor
alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
OUT is for transmitting service
signals to the client side
The optical
equipment.
OUT / IN Optical interface interface type:
IN is for receiving service
40GBASE-LR4
signals from the client side
equipment.

6.2.13.5 Specifications of the ETA3 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-68 Optical Interface Specifications of the ETA3 Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical module type – CS41-2D1


Optical line code – NRZ
Target distance km 10

Operating LANE0 nm 1264.5 to 1277.5


wave- LANE1 nm 1284.5 to 1297.5
length LANE2 nm 1304.5 to 1317.5
range LANE3 nm 1324.5 to 1337.5

162 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-68 Optical Interface Specifications of the ETA3 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Source type – SMF


Minimum side mode suppression
dB 30
ratio
Transmit- Maximum mean launched power
dBm 2.3
ter at (each lane)
reference Minimum mean launched power
point S dBm -7
(each lane)

Minimum extinction ratio dB 3.5


Compliant with the ITU-T G.
Transmit signal eye pattern –
959.1 mask
-12
Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm -11.5
Receiver
Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm 3
at
Maximum optical path penalty dB 2
reference
point R Maximum reflectance of receiver,
dB -26
measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-69 Mechanical Parameters of the ETA3 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

ETA3 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-70 Power Consumption of the ETA3 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

ETA3 35

6.2.14 The TA4 Card

The card number of the TA4 card is 2.200.450.

The card is applicable for the FONST 5000.

Version: D 163
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.2.14.1 Function

The TA4 card receives one optical signal such as 100GE / OTU4 from the client
side; after the O/E conversion, it maps the signal into the electrical signal using the
mapping mode defined in ITU-T Rec. G.709, and finally sends it to the cross-
connect card through the backplane for cross-connect grooming. The card also
fulfills the reverse process.

The TA4 card performs the following functions:

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local and remote end loopback of signals at the optical
interface and the backplane side.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the network management system.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the module type, the application code, the transmission distance, the rate, the
wavelength window and the receiver type.

6.2.14.2 Access Service and Quantity

The TA4 card’s service type and the quantity are shown in Table 6-71.

Table 6-71 The TA4 Card’s Service Type and Quantity

Backplane
Card Interface Quantity Service Type
Bandwidth
100GE
TA4 1 100GNote 1
OTU4
Note 1: The total rate of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

164 Version: D
6 Card

6.2.14.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application of the TA4 card in the
system.

6.2.14.4 The Panel Description

The TA4 card panel is shown in Figure 6-16.

Figure 6-16 The TA4 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-72.

Version: D 165
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-72 The TA4 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal working status;


Working status ON or OFF indicates the abnormal working status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator
UA / NUA alarm).
LED
Yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting


service signals to client
The optical interface
side devices.
OUT / IN Optical interface connector: the LC-type
IN is for receiving service
connector.
signals from client side
devices.

6.2.14.5 Specification of the TA4 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-73 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the TA4 Card

Item Unit Specification

100GBASE-
Optical interface type – 100GBASE-LR4 4I1-9D1F
ER4
Single-channel signal rate Gbit/s 25.78125 27.95249339
Multiplexed signal rate Gbit/s 103.125 111.8099736
λ1 1294.53 to 1296.59
Transmitter central λ2 1299.02 to 1301.09
nm
Transmitter wavelength range λ3 1303.54 to 1305.63
at reference λ4 1308.09 to 1310.19
point S Single-channel mean
-2.7 to
launched power dBm -2.5 to +2.9 -2.5 to +2.9 -0.6 to +4.5
+2.9
(OMA)

166 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-73 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the TA4 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Single-channel eye

pattern

X1 X2 X3 Y1 Y2 Y3
0.25 0.4 0.45 0.25 0.28 0.4

Single-channel eye
dB ≥4 ≥8 ≥4
pattern extinction ratio

Single-channel
Receiver at receiver minimum dBm ≤-8.6(OMA) ≤-21.4(OMA) ≤ -10.5
reference sensitivity
point R Single-channel
dBm 4.5 4.5 4.5
minimum overload

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-74 Mechanical Parameters of the TA4 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H ×W) (mm)

TA4 368×30

Power Consumption

Table 6-75 Power Consumption of the TA4 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

TA4 119

6.2.15 The TGX Card

The TGX card number is 2.170.889.

Version: D 167
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.2.15.1 Function

The TGX card performs the O / E conversion of eight GE optical signals from the
client side, then aggregates them into 1/2 electrical signal after the Layer 2
switching, and transmits the signal to the cross-connect card for grooming. The card
also fulfills the reverse process.

The TGX card performs the following functions:

u Layer 2 switching function

4 Supports ACL-based permission controls to classify the ingress service


flow; supports traffic management based on the port and packet label and
other characteristic information.

4 Supports the VLAN / MPLS label imposition, swapping and disposition.

4 Supports the MPLS VPWS and VPLS; supports 256 VPWSs and eight
VPLSs. One VPWS supports 10 service flows and one VPLS supports up
to eight LAN port member groups and 64 ELAN port member groups.

4 Supports the static unicast and static multicast functions.

u Supports the GE ADM function.

u OAM function: Realizes the OAM functions on the TMS / TMP / TMC layer;
detects the network connection status among any NE nodes, any channels,
any service flows; supports the ITU-T Rec. G.8114; supports the generation
and termination of the CV message, LB message, TST message, CSF
message and LCK message in the TMP/TMC layer; generates the
corresponding alarm, for example, the AIS alarm will be generated for
terminating the FDI message.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the GE optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the loopback of GE optical signals and the Ethernet link.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use SFP (Small Form-Factor
Pluggable) optical modules, which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate
and maintain.

168 Version: D
6 Card

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

6.2.15.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-76 for the TGX card’s access service type and quantity.

Table 6-76 Access Service Type and Quantity of the TGX Card

Card Name Interface Quantity Service Type Backplane Bandwidth

TGX 8 GE 20G Note 1


Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.2.15.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.2.15.4 Panel

Figure 6-17 illustrates the TGX card panel.

Version: D 169
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-17 The TGX Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-77.

170 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-77 Description of the TGX Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status; generally,
ACT
indicator LED ON indicates poor communication between the card and
the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator
UA/NUA alarm).
LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting


service signals to the client
The 1st to the The optical interface
OUT1 / IN1 to side equipment.
8th optical connector: the LC-type
OUT8 / IN8 IN is for receiving service
interfaces connector.
signals from the client side
equipment.

6.2.15.5 Specifications of the TGX Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-78 Optical Interface Specifications of the TGX Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical module type – 1000BASE-LX 1000BASE-EX 1000BASE-ZX


Optical line code – NRZ NRZ NRZ
Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1270 to 1355 1275 to 1350 1500 to 1580
range

Maximum mean launched


Transmitter dBm -3 0 5
power
at reference
Minimum mean launched
point S dBm -8 -5 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 9 9 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the IEEE802.3 mask

Receiver at
Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤
reference dBm -20 -23 -23
10-12)
point R

Version: D 171
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-78 Optical Interface Specifications of the TGX Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum overload (BER ≤


dBm -3 -3 -3
10-12)

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-79 Mechanical Parameters of the TGX Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

TGX 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-80 Power Consumption of the TGX Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

TGX 50

6.2.16 The 8EF Card

The 8EF card number is 2.200.365.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.2.16.1 Function

The 8EF card receives eight 1GFC / 2GFC optical signals from the client side for O/
E conversion, sends the electrical signals into the FC-BB-3-GFPT protocol
processing module in the card, performs the E/O conversion for the processed
signals, and finally outputs the optical signals in the 1GFC / 2GFC mode. The card
also fulfills the reverse process. The 8EF card solves problem in distance extension
of FC services, and prevents the data bandwidth from reducing in the long-haul
transmission of FC services.

The 8EF card performs the following functions:

172 Version: D
6 Card

u FC service long-haul transmission function: The card protects the data


bandwidth from decreasing in the long-haul FC service transmission by
participating the BB (buffer-to-buffer) flow control.

4 At the 1GFC rate, the transmission distance of a single port can be


extended to 3000 km and the bandwidth utilization rate is higher than 80%.

4 At the 2GFC rate, the transmission distance of a single port can be


extended to 1500 km and the bandwidth utilization rate is higher than 80%.

u FC service statistics: The card supports statistics for the Rx / Tx bytes of the FC
service, Rx / Tx packet count and the errored packet count.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use SFP (Small Form-Factor
Pluggable) optical modules, which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate
and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software: Performs remote software upgrade function


of the card via the network management system.

6.2.16.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 8EF card’s access service type and quality are shown in Table 6-81.

Table 6-81 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 8EF Card

Client Side Interface Service Side Interface


Card Name Service Type
Quantity Quantity

8EF 8 1GFC / 2GFC 8

Note:

At the service side, the 8EF card must be used together with the service
interface card that supports 1GFC / 2GFC in the system. The 8EF card
alone cannot perform the OTU function in the WDM system.

6.2.16.3 Application in the System

Figure 6-18 shows the application and position in the system of the 8EF card (FC
Service Distance Extension Card) .

Version: D 173
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-18 Application and Positioning of the 8EF Card in the System

Note:

Due to the restrictions of the FC service buffer-to-buffer flow control


protocol, when the FC signals are transmitted to a certain distance, the
effective throughput of data will decrease rapidly. Therefore, the FC
distance extension is necessary.

6.2.16.4 Panel Description

Figure 6-19 illustrates the 8EF card panel.

174 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-19 The 8EF Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-82.

Version: D 175
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-82 Description of the 8EF Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status; generally,
ACT
indicator LED ON indicates poor communication between the card and the
network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Alarm indicator Solid red indicates a critical alarm or a major alarm.
UA/NUA
LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting


The 1st to the service signals to the client
OUT1/IN1
8th client side side equipment.
to
optical IN is for receiving service
OUT8/IN8
interfaces signals from the client side
The optical interface
equipment.
connector: the LC-type
TX is for transmitting service
connector.
The 1st to the signals to the tributary
TX1/RX1 to 8th service side interface card.
TX8/RX8 optical RX is for receiving service
interfaces signals from the tributary
interface card.

6.2.16.5 Specifications of the 8EF card

Interface Specification

Table 6-83 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8EF Card

Item Unit Specification

155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G


Optical module type – multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP
optical module optical module optical module

Optical line code – NRZ NRZ NRZ


Target distance km 15 40 80
Operating wavelength
Transmitter nm 1260 to 1335 1280 to 1335 1500 to 1580
range
at reference
Source type – SLM/DFB SLM/DFB SLM/DFB
point S
Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1 1 1

176 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-83 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8EF Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum side mode


dB 30 30 30
suppression ratio

Maximum mean launched


dBm 0 3 3
power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -5 -2 -2
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2 8.2 8.2


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.957 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER
dBm -18 -27 -28
Receiver at ≤ 10-12)
reference Minimum overload (BER ≤
dBm 0 -9 -9
point R 10-12)

Maximum reflectance of
dB -27 -27 -27
receiver, measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-84 Mechanical Parameters of the 8EF Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

8EF 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-85 Power Consumption of the 8EF Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

8EF 50

6.3 Cross-connect Card

The following introduces the functions, application in the system, panel description
and card specifications of the cross-connect card.

The MXCU card number is 2.200.446. The SXCU card number is 2.200.459.

Version: D 177
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The card is applicable for the FONST 5000.

6.3.1 Function

The cross-connect card of the OTH subrack (3030066) consists of the MXCU card
(master cross-connect card) and the SXCU card (slave cross-connect card). The
MXCU card and SXCU card on the front side of the subrack make up the active
cross-connect card; while the MXCU card and SXCU card on the rear side of the
subrack make up the standby cross-connect card. See Figure 6-20 for the
application of the cross-connect card.

Figure 6-20 The Active / Standby Cross-connect Card on the OTH Subrack

The MXCU / SXCU card has the following functions:

u Implements cross-connect of 6.48T services.

u Implements the cross-connect between aggregate cards, between aggregate


card and tributary card, and between tributary cards.

u Handles the alarms and APS bytes from each aggregate card to perform the
protection function.

178 Version: D
6 Card

u Supports 1+1 protection—performs switching of active and standby cross-


connect cards automatically or via the network management system.

u Supports the 1+1, 1:1 and m:n protection, and supports the protection with
shared path.

u Provides high reliability and stability. Monitors the working status of the local
card and the mate card, so that the active and standby cross-connect cards can
be switched automatically in case of fault.

6.3.2 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application of the TA4 card in the
system.

6.3.3 The Panel Description

See Table 6-86 for the MXCU / SXCU card panel.

Version: D 179
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-86 The Cross-connect Card Panel

The MXCU card The SXCU card

180 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-87 describes the MXCU / SXCU card panel.

Table 6-87 Description for the MXCU / SXCU Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates normal working status;


Blinking slowly indicates standby status;
Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates that the card is operating
indicator LED
abnormally; ON usually indicates a communication
interruption between the card and the OTNM2000.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Red indicates an urgent alarm or a major alarm (critical
Alarm indicator
UA / NUA alarm and major alarm).
LED
Yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (or a minor alarm).
Orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

Blinking indicates that a command of switching the active


Control and standby cards has been delivered to the card.
CTRL command ON indicates that a command of electrical layer switching
indicator LED has been delivered to the card. The LED will remain ON
until the command is cleared.
Valid only for the activated cross-connect card (the card
Card activation in active status): when the standby card is normal,
SW
button pressing the active card’s SW button would deactivate
the active card.

6.3.4 Specifications of the MXCU / SXCU Cards

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-88 Mechanical Parameters of the MXCU / SXCU Cards

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

MXCU 635×32
SXCU 635×32

Power Consumption

Table 6-89 Power Consumption of the MXCU / SXCU Cards

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

MXCU 120
SXCU 120

Version: D 181
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4 Line Interface Card

The following introduces the functions, service access capabilities, application in the
system, panels and specifications of the line interface cards.

6.4.1 The LMS2E Card

The LMS2E card has two types according to different optical modules on the line
side. The number of the LMS2E card is 2.170.801 / 2.170.832.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Card Name Card Number


LMS2E (non-tunable wavelength) 2.170.801
LMS2E (tunable wavelength) 2.170.832

6.4.1.1 Function

The LMS2E card receives electrical signals from the cross-connect card,
aggregates the signals and outputs one OTU2 signal of DWDM standard compliant
wavelength to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card
for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The LMS2E card has the following functions and features:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system. Supports the PM, SM, and TCMi configuration
functions on the OTU2 layer.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

182 Version: D
6 Card

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing, operation
and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the remote end loopback of signals at the optical interface
and the backplane side.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the wavelength, receiver type and modulation mode.

6.4.1.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-90 for the LMS2E card’s service type and quantity.

Table 6-90 The LMS2E Card’s Service Type and Quantity

WDM Side Optical WDM Side Optical Signal


Card Backplane Bandwidth
Interface Quantity Type

LMS2E 10G Note 1 1 OTU2


Note 1: The total rate of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.4.1.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

Version: D 183
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.1.4 Panel

The LMS2E card panel is shown in Figure 6-21.

Figure 6-21 The LMS2E Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the LMS2E card panel are described in
Table 6-91.

184 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-91 Description of the LMS2E Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates poor communication between the
card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator alarm).
UA/NUA
LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
TX is for transmitting the optical signals with
specified wavelengths, generally connected
with interfaces 01 to 48 on the OMU and the
The optical
VMU series of cards, or with interfaces A1
interface
to A8 on the optical add / drop multiplexing
WDM side connector:
TX / RX card.
optical interface the LC-
RX is for receiving the optical signals with
type
specified wavelengths, generally connected
connector.
with interfaces 01 to 48 on the ODU series
of cards, or with interfaces D1 to D8 on the
optical add / drop multiplexing card.

6.4.1.5 Specifications of the LMS2E Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-92 Optical Interface Specifications of the LMS2E Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation format – DFB/MZ


Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 800
Maximum width at -20 dB nm 0.3

Transmit- Minimum side mode suppression


dB 35
ter at ratio
reference Maximum mean launched power dBm 3
point S Minimum mean launched power dBm -2
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10

Version: D 185
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-92 Optical Interface Specifications of the LMS2E Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Compliant with the ITU-T G.


Transmit signal eye pattern –
691 mask
-12
Receiver Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm -17 (PIN)
at Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm 0 (PIN)
reference Maximum reflectance of receiver,
point R dB -27
measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-93 Mechanical Parameters of the LMS2E Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

LMS2E 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-94 Power Consumption of the LMS2E Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

LMS2E 32

6.4.2 The 2LMS2E Card

The 2LMS2E card number is 2.200.088.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.4.2.1 Function

The 2LMS2E card receives electrical signals from the electrical cross-connect card,
aggregates the signals and outputs two OTU2 / OTU2e signals of DWDM standard
compliant wavelength to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop
multiplexing card for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 2LMS2E card has the following functions and features:

u OTN functions:

186 Version: D
6 Card

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system. Supports the PM, SM, and TCMi configuration
functions at the ODU2 / OTU2 layer.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the C-band.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing, operation
and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the remote end loopback of signals at the optical interface
and the backplane side.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the wavelength, receiver type and modulation mode.

6.4.2.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-95 for the 2LMS2E card’s access service type and quantity.

Version: D 187
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-95 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 2LMS2E Card

Backplane WDM Side Interface WDM Side Optical Signal


Card Name
Bandwidth Quantity Type

OTU2
2LMS2E 20G Note 1 2
OTU2e
Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.4.2.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.4.2.4 Panel

The 2LMS2E card panel is shown in Figure 6-22.

188 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-22 The 2LMS2E Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the 2LMS2E card panel are described in
Table 6-96.

Version: D 189
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-96 Description of the 2LMS2E Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates poor communication between the
card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator alarm).
UA/NUA
LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
TX is for transmitting the
optical signals with
specified wavelengths,
generally connected with
interfaces 01 to 48 on the
OMU and the VMU series
of cards, or with interfaces
The 1st and the
A1 to A8 on the optical add
2nd optical The optical interface
TX1 / RX1 / drop multiplexing card.
interfaces on connector: the LC-type
TX2 / RX2 RX is for receiving the
the wavelength connector.
optical signals with
division side
specified wavelengths,
generally connected with
interfaces 01 to 48 on the
ODU series of cards, or
with interfaces D1 to D8 on
the optical add / drop
multiplexing card.

6.4.2.5 Specifications of the 2LMS2E Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-97 Optical Interface Specifications of the 2LMS2E Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation format – DFB/MZ


Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 800

190 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-97 Optical Interface Specifications of the 2LMS2E Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum width at -20 dB nm 0.3


Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
Transmit- ratio

ter at Maximum mean launched power dBm 3


reference Minimum mean launched power dBm -2
point S
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10
Compliant with the ITU-T G.
Transmit signal eye pattern –
691 mask
-12
Receiver Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm -17 (PIN)
at Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm 0 (PIN)
reference Maximum reflectance of receiver,
point R dB -27
measured at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-98 Mechanical Parameters of the 2LMS2E Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

2LMS2E 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-99 Power Consumption of the 2LMS2E Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

2LMS2E 50

6.4.3 The 4LXA2 Card

The card number of the 4LXA2 card is 2.200.772.

The 4LXA2 card is applicable for the FONST 4000 / 5000.

Version: D 191
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.3.1 Function

The card receives eight electrical signals from the electrical cross-connect card,
aggregates or converts the signals and outputs four OTU2e signals of DWDM
standard compliant wavelength to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add /
drop multiplexing card for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 4LXA2 card performs the following functions:

u Aggregates eight 10GE LAN services to one 10GE LAN service at the
backplane side and maps to the OTU2e synchronously.

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Layer 2 switching:

4 Supports the Ethernet data service switching function.

4 Supports the traffic management based on the port and packet label and
other characteristic information.

4 Supports the IEEE 802.1Q VLAN label processing.

4 Supports the static unicast and static multicast functions.

4 Supports the Ethernet data stream classification and various Qos policies.

4 Supports Ethernet OAM, including fault, performance and diagnosis.

u Performance collection and alarm monitoring:

4 Supports the SM, PM and TCMi overhead monitoring of the OTN


equipment.

4 Supports the PCS error and performance statics monitoring of the data
service.

192 Version: D
6 Card

u Tunable wavelength: Optional, provided upon request . The card uses the
optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the wavelength division side in the range of the 192
wavelengths in C-band.

u ESC function: multiplexes the supervisory signals into the service channels for
transmission.

u Error correction coding: supports both FEC and super FEC encoding /
decoding schemes.

u Clock: supports the physical layer clock extraction and processing.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing and
maintenance.

u Remote upgrade of card software: performs remote software upgrade function


of the card via the network management system.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the wavelength, receiver type and modulation mode.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use XFP optical modules,
which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

6.4.3.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 4LXA2 card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-100.

Table 6-100 The 4LXA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity

Backplane WDM Side Interface WDM Side Optical Signal


Card Name
Bandwidth Quantity Type

4LXA2 80G 4 OTU2e


Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

Version: D 193
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.3.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.4.3.4 Panel

Figure 6-23 illustrates the 4LXA2 card panel.

194 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-23 The 4LXA2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-101.

Version: D 195
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-101 Descriptions of the 4LXA2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates poor communication between the
card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator alarm).
UA/NUA
LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
TX is for outputting the optical
signals with specified wavelengths,
generally connected with interfaces
01 to 48 on the OMU and the VMU
series of cards, or with interfaces A1 The optical
The 1st to 4th to A8 on the optical add / drop interface
TX1 / RX1 to
optical multiplexing card. connector: the
TX4 / RX4
interfaces RX is for receiving the optical signals LC-type
with specified wavelengths, generally connector.
connected with interfaces 01 to 48 on
the ODU series of cards, or with
interfaces D1 to D8 on the optical
add / drop multiplexing card.

6.4.3.5 Specifications of the 4LXA2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-102 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4LXA2 Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation format – DFB/MZ DFB/MZ


800 (wavelength tunable 800 (wavelength untunable
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm
module) module)

Maximum width at -20 dB nm 0.3 0.3


Transmitter Minimum side mode
dB 30 30
at reference suppression ratio
point S Maximum mean launched
dBm 2 2
power

196 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-102 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4LXA2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum mean launched


dBm -3 -3
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 10 (Filter off) 10 (Filter off)

Transmit signal eye Compliant with the ITU-T Compliant with the ITU-T

pattern G.691 mask G.691 mask
Minimum sensitivity (BER
dBm -17 (PIN) -17 (PIN)
≤ 10-12)

Minimum overload (BER ≤


dBm 0 (PIN) 0 (PIN)
Receiver at 10-12)
reference Maximum optical path
dB 2 2
point R penalty

Maximum reflectance of
receiver, measured at dB -27 -27
reference point R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-103 Mechanical Parameters of the 4LXA2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

4LXA2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-104 Power Consumption of the 4LXA2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

4LXA2 120

6.4.4 The 2LA2 Card

The 2LA2 card number is 2.170.878.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Version: D 197
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.4.1 Function

The 2LA2 card receives electrical signals from the electrical cross-connect card,
and outputs two OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f signals of DWDM standard compliant
wavelength to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexing card
for WDM after mapping and the O / E conversion. The card also fulfills the reverse
process.

The 2LA2 card has the following functions and features:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the C-band.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local / remote loopback of signals at the WDM side
optical interface and the Port interface on the backplane side.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the wavelength, receiver type and modulation mode.

198 Version: D
6 Card

6.4.4.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-105 for the 2LA2 card’s access service type and quantity.

Table 6-105 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 2LA2 Card

Backplane WDM Side Interface


Card Name WDM Side Signal Type
Bandwidth Quantity

OTU2
Note 1
2LA2 20G 2 OTU2e
OTU2f
Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.4.4.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.4.4.4 Panel

Figure 6-24 illustrates the 2LA2 card panel.

Version: D 199
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-24 The 2LA2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-106.

200 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-106 Description of the 2LA2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working indicator ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the


card.
Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
UA/NUA Alarm indicator LED
alarm).
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

TX is for transmitting the optical


signals with specified wavelengths,
generally connected with interfaces
01 to 48 on the OMU and the VMU
series of cards, or with interfaces A1 The optical
The 1st and the 2nd
to A8 on the optical add / drop interface
TX1 / RX1 optical interfaces on
multiplexing card. connector: the
TX2 / RX2 the wavelength
RX is for receiving the optical signals LC-type
division side
with specified wavelengths, generally connector.
connected with interfaces 01 to 48 on
the ODU series of cards, or with
interfaces D1 to D8 on the optical add
/ drop multiplexing card.

6.4.4.5 Specifications of the 2LA2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-107 Optical Interface Specifications of the 2LA2 Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation


– DFB/MZ DFB/MZ
format
800 (wavelength 800 (wavelength
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm
tunable module) untunable module)

Transmit- Maximum width at


nm 0.3 0.3
ter at -20 dB
reference Minimum side mode
dB 30 30
point S suppression ratio

Version: D 201
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-107 Optical Interface Specifications of the 2LA2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum mean
dBm 3 3
launched power

Minimum mean
dBm -2 -2
launched power

Minimum extinction
dB 10 (Filter off) 10 (Filter off)
ratio
Transmit signal eye Compliant with the Compliant with the

pattern ITU-T G.691 mask ITU-T G.691 mask
Minimum sensitivity
dBm -17 (PIN) -17 (PIN)
(BER ≤ 10-12)

Minimum overload
Receiver dBm 0 (PIN) 0 (PIN)
(BER ≤ 10-12)
at
Maximum optical
reference dB 2 2
path penalty
point R
Maximum reflectance
of receiver, measured dB -27 -27
at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-108 Mechanical Parameters of the 2LA2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

2LA2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-109 Power Consumption of the 2LA2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

2LA2 47

6.4.5 The 4LA2 Card

The card number of the 4LA2 card is 2.170.878.

It is applicable for the FONST 4000 / 5000.

202 Version: D
6 Card

6.4.5.1 Function

The 4LA2 card receives electrical signals from the cross-connect card, aggregates
the signals and outputs four OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f signals of DWDM standard
compliant wavelength to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop
multiplexer card for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 4LA2 card has the following functions and features:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system. Supports the PM, SM, and TCMi functions at the
ODU2 / OTU2 layer.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local and remote end loopback of signals at the optical
interface and the backplane side.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the wavelength, receiver type and modulation mode.

Version: D 203
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.5.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-110 for the 4LA2 card’s access service type and quantity.

Table 6-110 The 4LA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity

Backplane WDM Side Optical WDM Side Optical


Card Name
Bandwidth Interface Quantity Signal Type

OTU2
4LA2 40G 4 OTU2e
OTU2f
Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.4.5.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.4.5.4 Panel

Figure 6-25 illustrates the 4LA2 card panel.

204 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-25 The 4LA2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-111.

Version: D 205
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-111 Descriptions of the 4LA2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates poor communication between the
card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator alarm).
UA/NUA
LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
TX is for transmitting the optical signals
with specified wavelengths, generally
connected with interfaces 01 to 48 on
the OMU and the VMU series of cards,
The optical
or with interfaces A1 to A8 on the optical
The 1st to 4th interface
TX1 / RX1 to add / drop multiplexing card.
optical connector: the
TX4 / RX4 RX is for receiving the optical signals
interfaces LC-type
with specified wavelengths, generally
connector.
connected with interfaces 01 to 48 on
the ODU series of cards, or with
interfaces D1 to D8 on the optical add /
drop multiplexing card.

6.4.5.5 Specifications of the 4LA2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-112 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4LA2 Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation


– DFB/MZ DFB/MZ
format
800 (wavelength 800 (wavelength
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm
tunable module) untunable module)

Transmit- Maximum width at


nm 0.3 0.3
ter at -20 dB
reference Minimum side mode
dB 30 30
point S suppression ratio

206 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-112 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4LA2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum mean
dBm 3 3
launched power

Minimum mean
dBm -2 -2
launched power

Minimum extinction
dB 10 (Filter off) 10 (Filter off)
ratio
Transmit signal eye Compliant with the Compliant with the

pattern ITU-T G.691 mask ITU-T G.691 mask
Minimum sensitivity
dBm -17 (PIN) -17 (PIN)
(BER ≤ 10-12)

Minimum overload
Receiver dBm 0 (PIN) 0 (PIN)
(BER ≤ 10-12)
at
Maximum optical
reference dB 2 2
path penalty
point R
Maximum reflectance
of receiver, measured dB -27 -27
at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-113 Mechanical Parameters of the 4LA2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

4LA2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-114 Power Consumption of the 4LA2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

4LA2 52.7

6.4.6 The 4TEL2 Card

The card number of the 4TEL2 card is 2.170.962.

The 4TEL2 card is applicable for the FONST 4000 / 5000.

Version: D 207
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.6.1 Function

The 4TEL2 card receives electrical signals from the cross-connect card, aggregates
the signals and outputs four OTU2 / OTU2e signals to the optical multiplexer card or
the optical add / drop multiplexing card for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse
process.

The 4TEL2 card has the following functions and features:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms;


monitors the performance and alarms of client signals.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local / remote loopback of signals at the WDM side
optical interface and the backplane side.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use XFP optical modules,
which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

208 Version: D
6 Card

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the wavelength, receiver type and modulation mode.

6.4.6.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 4TEL2 card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-115.

Table 6-115 The 4TEL2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity

Backplane WDM Side Interface WDM Side Optical


Card Name
Bandwidth Quantity Signal Type

OTU2
4TEL2 40G 4
OTU2e
Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.4.6.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.4.6.4 Panel

Figure 6-26 illustrates the 4TEL2 card panel.

Version: D 209
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-26 The 4TEL2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-116.

210 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-116 Descriptions of the 4TEL2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the


card.
Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or
Alarm indicator
UA/NUA major alarm).
LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
TX is for transmitting the optical
signals with specified wavelengths,
generally connected with interfaces
01 to 48 on the OMU and the VMU
series of cards, or with interfaces A1 The optical
The 1st to 4th to A8 on the optical add / drop interface
TX1 / RX1 to
optical multiplexing card. connector: the
TX4 / RX4
interfaces RX is for receiving the optical signals LC-type
with specified wavelengths, connector.
generally connected with interfaces
01 to 48 on the ODU series of cards,
or with interfaces D1 to D8 on the
optical add / drop multiplexing card.

6.4.6.5 Specifications of the 4TEL2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-117 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4TEL2 Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation


– DFB/MZ DFB/MZ
format
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 800 1600

Transmit- Maximum width at


nm 0.4 0.4
ter at -20 dB
reference Minimum side mode
dB 30 30
point S suppression ratio

Version: D 211
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-117 Optical Interface Specifications of the 4TEL2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum mean
dBm 2 8
launched power

Minimum mean
dBm -1 3
launched power

Minimum extinction
dB 10 (Filter off) 10 (Filter off)
ratio
Transmit signal eye Compliant with the Compliant with the

pattern ITU-T G.691 mask ITU-T G.691 mask
Minimum sensitivity
dBm -17 (PIN) -17 (PIN)
(BER ≤ 10-12)

Minimum overload
Receiver dBm 0 (PIN) 0 (PIN)
(BER ≤ 10-12)
at
Maximum optical
reference dB 2 2
path penalty
point R
Maximum reflectance
of receiver, measured dB -27 -27
at reference point R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-118 Mechanical Parameters of the 4TEL2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

4TEL2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-119 Power Consumption of the 4TEL2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

4TEL2 55.83

6.4.7 The 8LA2 Card

The card number of the 8LA2 card is 2.170.880.

It is applicable for the FONST 4000 / 5000.

212 Version: D
6 Card

6.4.7.1 Function

The 8LA2 card receives electrical signals from the cross-connect card, aggregates
the signals and outputs eight OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f signals of DWDM standard
compliant wavelength to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop
multiplexer card for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The 8LA2 card has the following functions and features:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system. Supports the PM, SM, and TCMi functions at the
ODU2 / OTU2 layer.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local and remote end loopback of signals at the optical
interface and the backplane side.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the wavelength, receiver type and modulation mode.

Version: D 213
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.7.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-120 for the 8LA2 card’s access service type and quantity.

Table 6-120 The 8LA2 Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity

Backplane WDM Side Optical WDM Side Optical


Card Name
Bandwidth Interface Quantity Signal Type

OTU2
8LA2 80G 8
OTU2e
Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.4.7.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.4.7.4 Panel

Figure 6-27 illustrates the 8LA2 card panel.

214 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-27 The 8LA2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-121.

Version: D 215
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-121 Descriptions of the 8LA2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates poor communication between the
card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator alarm).
UA/NUA
LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
TX is for transmitting the optical signals with
specified wavelengths, generally connected
with interfaces 01 to 48 on the OMU and the The
VMU series of cards, or with interfaces A1 optical
The 1st to 8th to A8 on the optical add / drop multiplexing interface
TX1 / RX1 to
optical card. connector:
TX8 / RX8
interfaces RX is for receiving the optical signals with the LC-
specified wavelengths, generally connected type
with interfaces 01 to 48 on the ODU series connector.
of cards, or with interfaces D1 to D8on the
optical add / drop multiplexing card.

6.4.7.5 Specifications of the 8LA2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-122 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8LA2 Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation


– DFB/MZ DFB/MZ
format
800 (wavelength 800 (wavelength
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm
tunable module) untunable module)

Maximum width at
nm 0.3 0.3
Transmit- -20 dB
ter at Minimum side mode
dB 30 30
reference suppression ratio
point S Maximum mean
dBm 3 3
launched power

216 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-122 Optical Interface Specifications of the 8LA2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum mean
dBm -2 -2
launched power

Minimum extinction
dB 10 (Filter off) 10 (Filter off)
ratio
Transmit signal eye Compliant with the Compliant with the

pattern ITU-T G.691 mask ITU-T G.691 mask
Minimum sensitivity
dBm -17 (PIN) -17 (PIN)
(BER ≤ 10-12)

Minimum overload
Receiver dBm 0 (PIN) 0 (PIN)
(BER ≤ 10-12)
at
Maximum optical path
reference dB 2 2
penalty
point R
Maximum reflectance
of receiver, measured dB -27 -27
at R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-123 Mechanical Parameters of the 8LA2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

8LA2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-124 Power Consumption of the 8LA2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

8LA2 91

6.4.8 The LMS3E Card

The LMS3E card can be classified into four types as the slots occupied and optical
modules used vary. It is applicable for the FONST 4000 / 5000.

Card Name Optical Module Modulation Type Card Number


LMS3E (double-slot) DPSK 2.170.881

LMS3E (double-slot) DQPSK 2.200.183

Version: D 217
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Card Name Optical Module Modulation Type Card Number

LMS3E (single-slot) DPSK 2.200.874

LMS3E (single-slot) DQPSK 2.200.902

6.4.8.1 Function

The LMS3E card receives electrical signals from the cross-connect card,
aggregates the signals and outputs one OTU3 / OTU3e1 signal of DWDM standard
compliant wavelength to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop
multiplexer card for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The LMS3E card has the following functions and features:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can configure the OTN overheads via the network management
system. The supported configuration functions include the following items:
the PM and TCMi configuration at the ODU2 layer, the ODTU23 layer, and
the ODU3 / OTU3 layer; the SM configuration at the ODU3 / OTU3 layer.

u Supports single-channel dispersion compensation and pre-amplification: The


built-in TDCM and OPA modules in the card can perform precise dispersion
compensation and pre-amplification for a single channel. Both the dispersion
compensation value and the amplification gain can be configured via the
network management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

218 Version: D
6 Card

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing, operation
and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local and remote end loopback of signals at the WDM
side and the backplane side.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the wavelength, receiver type and modulation mode.

6.4.8.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-125 for the LMS3E card’s access service type and quantity.

Table 6-125 The LMS3E Card’s Access Service Type and Quantity

Backplane WDM Side Optical WDM Side Optical


Card Name
Bandwidth Interface Quantity Signal Type

OTU3
LMS3E 40G 1
OTU3e1
Note 1: The total rates of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.4.8.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.4.8.4 Panel

The LMS3E card panel is shown in Figure 6-28.

Version: D 219
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-28 The LMS3E Card Panel

Note:

The LMS3E card can occupy one or two slots.

220 Version: D
6 Card

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the panel of the LMS3E card are described in
Table 6-126.

Table 6-126 Descriptions of the LMS3E Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status; generally,
ACT
indicator LED ON indicates poor communication between the card and the
network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator
UA/NUA alarm).
LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

TX is for transmitting the optical signals


with specified wavelengths, generally
connected with interfaces 01 to 48 on the
OMU and the VMU series of cards, or with
The optical
interfaces A1 to A8 on the optical add /
interface
WDM side drop multiplexing card.
TX / RX connector: the
optical interface RX is for receiving the optical signals with
LC-type
specified wavelengths, generally
connector.
connected with interfaces 01 to 48 on the
ODU series of cards, or with interfaces D1
to D8 on the optical add / drop
multiplexing card.

6.4.8.5 Specifications of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot)

Interface Specification

Table 6-127 Optical Interface Specifications of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot)

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50 50


Optical line code – sRZ-DQPSK sDPSK

Transmit- Maximum central


GHz ±2.5 ±2.5
ter at frequency deviation
reference Maximum -20dB
nm NA NA
point S spectrum width

Version: D 221
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-127 Optical Interface Specifications of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum side mode


dB 35 35
suppression ratio

Maximum mean
dBm 5 5
launched power

Minimum mean
dBm -10 -5
launched power

Transmit signal eye


– TBD TBD
pattern

Minimum extinction
dB NA NA
ratio
Minimum sensitivity
dBm -14 -14
of the receiver Note 1
Receiver Minimum overload of
dBm 0 0
at the receiver
reference Maximum reflectance
dB -27 -27
point R of the receiver
Receiving range of
nm 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568
the receiver Note 2
Note 1: The integrated optical pre-amplifier of the receiver.
Note 2: Receivable wavelength range for the receiver. The receiver is required to work within
the range that corresponds to the transmitted wavelength.

The built-in OPA module in the Rx direction at the WDM side of the LMS3E card is a
single-wavelength optical amplification module suitable for 40G optical transport
network. The module uses a pump laser with TEC refrigerator. Its output power can
be equalized within the range of 0 to 10 dBm. Table 6-128 and Table 6-129 show
its specific specifications.

Table 6-128 Specifications of the Built-in PA of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot)

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range (C-band


nm 1528 to 1568
48-channel)

Input power range dBm -30 to 0


Note 1
Output optical power range dBm 0 to 10
Gain dB ≥ 25
NF (noise figure) dB 5.5 / 7.5
Threshold for Rx-LOS alarm dBm -25 to -24

222 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-128 Specifications of the Built-in PA of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Threshold for Tx-LOS alarm dBm -3 to -2


Input optical power threshold at
dBm -25 to -24
pump OFF

Note 1: The optical output power includes the signal power and the ASE power. Make sure that
the output optical power is 10 dBm when the input power is larger than -25 dBm. In the
APC working mode, the optical power can be adjusted within the range via the
parameter setting.

Table 6-129 Specifications of the Built-in TDCM of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot)

Item Unit Specification

Wavelength range nm 1527 to 1565


Average chromatic dispersion
ps/nm ±20
accuracy

Insertion loss dB 4

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-130 Mechanical Parameters of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot)

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

LMS3E (double-slot) 368 × 60

Power Consumption

Table 6-131 Power Consumption of the LMS3E Card (Double-slot)

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

LMS3E (double-slot) 98

6.4.8.6 Specifications of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot)

Interface Specification

Table 6-132 Optical Interface Specifications of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot)

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50 50


Optical line code – sRZ-DQPSK sDPSK

Version: D 223
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-132 Optical Interface Specifications of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum central
GHz ±2.5 ±2.5
frequency deviation

Maximum -20dB
nm NA NA
spectrum width

Minimum side mode


dB 35 35
Transmit- suppression ratio
ter at Maximum mean
dBm 5 5
reference launched power
point S Minimum mean
dBm -10 -5
launched power

Transmit signal eye


– TBD TBD
pattern

Minimum extinction
dB NA NA
ratio
Minimum sensitivity
dBm -14 -14
of the receiver Note 1
Receiver Minimum overload of
dBm 0 0
at the receiver
reference Maximum reflectance
dB -27 -27
point R of the receiver
Receiving range of
nm 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568
the receiver Note 2
Note 1: The integrated optical pre-amplifier of the receiver.
Note 2: Receivable wavelength range for the receiver. The receiver is required to work within
the range that corresponds to the transmitted wavelength.

The built-in OPA module in the Rx direction at the WDM side of the LMS3E card is a
single-wavelength optical amplification module suitable for 40G optical transport
network. The module uses a pump laser with TEC refrigerator. Its output power can
be equalized within the range of 0 to 10 dBm. Table 6-133 and Table 6-134 show
its specific specifications.

Table 6-133 Specifications of the Built-in PA of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot)

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range (C-band


nm 1528 to 1568
48-channel)

Input power range dBm -30 to 0

224 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-133 Specifications of the Built-in PA of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Output optical power range Note 1 dBm 0 to 10


Gain dB ≥ 25
NF (noise figure) dB 5.5 / 7.5
Threshold for Rx-LOS alarm dBm -25 to -24
Threshold for Tx-LOS alarm dBm -3 to -2
Input optical power threshold at
dBm -25 to -24
pump OFF

Note 1: The optical output power includes the signal power and the ASE power. Make sure that
the output optical power is 10 dBm when the input power is larger than -20 dBm. In the
APC working mode, the optical power can be adjusted within the range via the
parameter setting.

Table 6-134 Specifications of the Built-in TDCM of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot)

Item Unit Specification

Wavelength range nm 1527 to 1565


Average chromatic dispersion
ps/nm ±20
accuracy

Insertion loss dB 4

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-135 Mechanical Parameters of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot)

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

LMS3E (single-slot) 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-136 Power Consumption of the LMS3E Card (Single-slot)

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

LMS3E (single-slot) 85

6.4.9 The LMS4E Card

The card number of the LMS4E card is 2.200.451.

Version: D 225
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The card is applicable for the FONST 5000.

6.4.9.1 Function

The LMS4E card receives electrical signals from the cross-connect card,
aggregates the signals and outputs one OTU4 signal of DWDM standard compliant
wavelength to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card
for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The LMS4E card has the following functions and features:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system. Supports the PM, SM, and TCMi configuration
functions at the ODUk / OTUk layer.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 96 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing, operation
and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports the local and remote end loopback of signals at the WDM
side and the backplane side.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

226 Version: D
6 Card

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces can be obtained through the network management system, including
the wavelength, receiver type and modulation mode.

6.4.9.2 Access Service and Quantity

The LMS4E card’s service type and the quantity are shown in Table 6-137.

Table 6-137 The LMS4E Card’s Service Access Capacity

Backplane WDM Side Optical WDM Side Optical


Card Note 1
Bandwidth Interface Quantity Signal Type

LMS4E 100 G 1 OTU4


Note 1: The total rate of the services that the card accesses cannot exceed its backplane
bandwidth.

6.4.9.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.4.9.4 Panel Description

The LMS4E card panel is shown in Figure 6-29.

Version: D 227
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-29 The LMS4E Card Panel

The interfaces and LEDs on the LMS4E card panel are described in Table 6-138.

228 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-138 The LMS4E Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal working status;


Working status ON or OFF indicates the abnormal working status; generally,
ACT
indicator LED ON indicates poor communication between the card and the
network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Alarm indicator Red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major alarm).
UA / NUA
LED Yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

TX is for transmitting the optical signals


with specified wavelengths, generally
connected with interfaces 01 to 48 on the
OMU and the VMU series of cards, or with
The optical
Wavelength interfaces A1 to A8 on the optical add /
interface
division side drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX connector: the
optical RX is for receiving the optical signals with
LC-type
interface specified wavelengths, generally
connector.
connected with interfaces 01 to 48 on the
ODU series of cards, or with interfaces D1
to D8 on the optical add / drop multiplexer
card.

6.4.9.5 Specification of the LMS4E Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-139 Specifications of Wavelength Division Side Optical Interfaces on the LMS4E Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50


Optical line code - Coherent PM-QPSK
Transmission rate Gbit/s 127.156
Nominal central frequency range THz 191.3 to 196.05
Maximum central frequency deviation GHz ±2.5
Transmitter
Maximum -20 dB width nm 0.5
at reference
Minimum side mode suppression ratio dB 35
point S
Maximum mean launched power dBm 5
Minimum mean launched power dBm -5

Version: D 229
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-139 Specifications of Wavelength Division Side Optical Interfaces on the LMS4E Card
(Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum sensitivity of the receiver dBm ≤ -18


Minimum overload of the receiver dBm ≥0
Receiver at
Maximum reflectance of receiver dB ≤ -27
reference Note 1
Receiving range of the receiver nm 1529.16 to 1567.14
point R
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 55000
Differential group delay tolerance value ps 105 (0.5 dB OSNR penalty)

Note 1: Receivable wavelength range for the receiver. The receiver is required to work within the range that
corresponds to the transmitted wavelength.

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-140 Mechanical Parameters of the LMS4E Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

LMS4E 368×60

Power Consumption

Table 6-141 Power Consumption of the LMS4E Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

LMS4E 185

6.5 Optical Transponder Card

The following introduces the functions, service access capabilities, application in the
system, panels and specifications of the optical transponder cards.

6.5.1 The MST2 Card

The MST2 card number is 2.200.795.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

230 Version: D
6 Card

6.5.1.1 Function

The MST2 card receives eight optical signals (low rate signals, such as STM-1 / 4 /
16, OTU1, FE, GE, 1GFC, 2GFC; the total bandwidth cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s),
performs the O/E conversion and aggregates into one OTU2 signal of DWDM
standard compliant wavelength; outputs the converted signal via the wavelength
division side optical interface to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop
multiplexing card for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The MST2 card performs the following functions:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface on the wavelength division side,
which also complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Tunable wavelength: Optional, provided as needed by the users. The card uses
the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the wavelength division side in the C-band.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC coding / decoding
modes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Supports the SDH B1 and J0 bytes overhead monitoring.

4 Supports the performance and alarm monitoring of the OTN overhead.

4 Supports the performance monitoring of small rate services, such as GE /


FC services.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing, operation
and maintenance. Supports the laser shutdown function of the client side
interfaces.

Version: D 231
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u Loopback: Supports near end and remote end loopback of signals at client side
and wavelength division side optical interfaces.

u Pluggable optical module: Uses the pluggable SFP / XFP optical module on the
client side optical interfaces and the wavelength division side optical interfaces
to facilitate operation and maintenance.

u Remote upgrade of card software: Performs remote software upgrade function


of the card via the network management system.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the client side and wavelength side.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the client side includes the module
type, application code, transmission distance, supported rate, wavelength
window, receiver type, etc.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the wavelength division side


includes the optical type, wavelength, receiver type and modulation format.

6.5.1.2 Access Service and Quantity

See Table 6-142 for the MST2 card’s access service type and quantity.

232 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-142 Access Service Type and Quantity of the MST2 Card

Client Side WDM Side


Card Note 1
Client Side WDM Side
Interface Interface Note 2
Abbreviation Signal Type Signal Type
Quantity Quantity

STM-1
STM-4
STM-16
FE
GE
OTU1
MST2 8 1 OTU2
1GFC
2GFC
Hybrid
transmission of
the aforesaid
services
Note 1: The client side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the
client side device.
Note 2: The WDM side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the
optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.1.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.5.1.4 Panel

See Figure 6-30 for the MST2 card panel.

Version: D 233
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-30 The MST2 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-143.

234 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-143 Description of the MST2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working
ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON
ACT indicator
indicates the poor communication between the card and the
LED
network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the card.


Alarm
Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major alarm).
UA/NUA indicator
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
LED
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

The 1st to
OUT is for transmitting service signals to the
OUT1 / IN1 the 8th
client side equipment.
to OUT8 / client side
IN is for receiving service signals from the
IN8 optical
client side equipment.
interfaces The optical
TX is for transmitting wavelength-specific interface
optical signals to the optical multiplexer card connector: the LC-
WDM side or the optical add / drop multiplexing card. type connector.
TX/RX optical RX is for receiving wavelength-specific
interface optical signals from the optical demultiplexer
card or the optical add / drop multiplexing
card.

6.5.1.5 Specifications of the MST2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-144 Client Side Interface Specifications of the MST2 Card (STM-16 / OTU1 Service)

Item Unit Specification

155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G


Optical module type – multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP
optical module optical module optical module

Optical line code – NRZ NRZ NRZ


Target distance km 15 40 80
Operating wavelength
Transmitter nm 1260 to 1335 1280 to 1335 1500 to 1580
range
at reference
Source type – SLM/DFB SLM/DFB SLM/DFB
point S
Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1 1 1

Version: D 235
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-144 Client Side Interface Specifications of the MST2 Card (STM-16 / OTU1 Service)
(Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum side mode


dB 30 30 30
suppression ratio

Maximum mean launched


dBm 0 3 3
power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -5 -2 -2
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2 8.2 8.2


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.957 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER
dBm -18 -27 -28
≤ 10-12)
Receiver at
Minimum overload (BER ≤
reference dBm 0 -9 -9
10-12)
point R
Maximum reflectance of
receiver, measured at dB -27 -27 -27
reference point R

Table 6-145 Specifications of Client Side Interfaces on the MST2 Card (GE Service)

Item Unit Specification

1000BASE- 1000BASE- 1000BASE- 1000BASE-


Optical module type –
SX LX EX ZX
Optical line code – NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ
Target distance km 0.55 10 40 80
Operating wavelength 1270 to 1275 to 1500 to
nm 770 to 860
range 1355 1350 1580
Maximum mean launched
Transmitter dBm 0 -3 0 5
power
at reference
Minimum mean launched
point S dBm -9.5 -8 -5 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 9 9 9 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the IEEE802.3 mask

Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤


Receiver at dBm -17 -20 -23 -23
10-12)
reference
Minimum overload (BER ≤
point R dBm 0 -3 -3 -3
10-12)

236 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-146 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the MST2 Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation format – DFB/MZ


Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 800
Maximum width at -20 dB nm 0.3
Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
Transmit- ratio

ter at Maximum mean launched power dBm 3


reference Minimum mean launched power dBm -2
point S
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10
Compliant with the G.691
Transmit signal eye pattern –
mask
-12
Receiver Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm -17 (PIN)

at Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm 0 (PIN)


reference Maximum reflectance of receiver,
point R dB -27
measured at reference point R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-147 Mechanical Parameters of the MST2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

MST2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-148 Power Consumption of the MST2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

MST2 40

6.5.2 The OTU2S Card

The number of the OTU2S card is 2.018.141 / 2.018.146 / 2.200.914. The card
number 2.200.914 refers to the OTU2S (XFP) card, whose client side and WDM
side both use the XFP optical module.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Version: D 237
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.5.2.1 Function

The card receives one optical signal (STM-64 / 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / 10GFC /
OTU2) from the client side, performs the O/E conversion and converts it into one
OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f signal of DWDM standard compliant wavelength; outputs
the converted signal via the WDM side optical interface to the optical multiplexer
card or optical add / drop multiplexing card for WDM. The card also fulfills the
reverse process.

The OTU2S card performs the following functions:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Supports the SDH B1 and J0 overhead monitoring.

4 Supports the OTN performance and alarm monitoring.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports remote end loopback of signals at client side and WDM
side optical interfaces.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use XFP optical modules,
which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

238 Version: D
6 Card

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the client side and WDM side can be obtained via the EMS.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the client side includes the module
type, application code, transmission distance, support rate, wavelength
window, receiver type.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the WDM side includes the optical
type, wavelength, receiver type and modulation format.

6.5.2.2 Access Service and Quantity

The OTU2S card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-149.

Table 6-149 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU2S Card

Client Side WDM Side WDM Side


Note 1
Client Side Optical Note 2
Card Name Interface Interface Optical Signal
Signal Type
Quantity Quantity Type

STM-64
10GE LAN OTU2
OTU2S 1 10GE WAN 1 OTU2e
10GFC OTU2f
OTU2
Note 1: The client side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the
client side equipment.
Note 2: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is
connected to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.2.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

Version: D 239
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.5.2.4 Panel Description

The OTU2S card panel is shown in Figure 6-31.

Figure 6-31 The OTU2S Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the OTU2S card panel are described in
Table 6-150.

240 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-150 Description of the OTU2S Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally,
ACT
indicator LED ON indicates the poor communication between the card and the
network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the card.


Alarm indicator Solid red indicates a critical alarm or a major alarm.
UA/NUA
LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting service


Client side signals to the client side equipment.
OUT/IN
optical interface IN is for receiving service signals
from the client side equipment.

TX is for transmitting wavelength-


The optical interface
specific optical signals to the optical
connector: the LC-type
multiplexer card or the optical add /
Wavelength connector.
drop multiplexing card.
TX/RX division side
RX is for receiving wavelength-
optical interface
specific optical signals from the
optical demultiplexer card or the
optical add / drop multiplexing card.

6.5.2.5 Specifications of the OTU2S Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-151 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2S Card

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type –
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
range

Transmitter Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1.0 0.4 0.4


at reference Minimum side mode
dB 30 – –
point S suppression ratio

Maximum mean launched


dBm -1 2 4
power

Version: D 241
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-151 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2S Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.691 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER
dBm -14 -17 -24
≤ 10-12)
Receiver at
Minimum overload (BER ≤
reference dBm 0 0 -7
10-12)
point R
Maximum reflectance of
receiver, measured at dB -27 -27 -27
reference point R

Table 6-152 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2S Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation format – DFB/MZ


Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 800
Maximum width at -20 dB nm 0.3
Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
Transmit- ratio

ter at Maximum mean launched power dBm 3


reference Minimum mean launched power dBm -2
point S
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10
Compliant with the ITU-T G.
Transmit signal eye pattern –
691 mask
-12
Receiver Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm -17 (PIN)

at Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm 0 (PIN)


reference Maximum reflectance of receiver,
point R dB -27
measured at reference point R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-153 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU2S Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OTU2S 368 × 30
OTU2S (XFP) 368 × 30

242 Version: D
6 Card

Power Consumption

Table 6-154 Power Consumption of the OTU2S Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OTU2S 25
OTU2S (XFP) 16

6.5.3 The 2OTU2S Card

The 2OTU2S card number is 2.200.915.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.5.3.1 Function

The card receives two optical signals (STM-64 / 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / 10GFC /
OTU2) from the client side, performs the O/E conversion and aggregates them into
the OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f signal of DWDM standard compliant wavelength;
outputs the converted signal via the WDM side optical interface to the optical
multiplexer card or optical add / drop multiplexing card for WDM. The card also
fulfills the reverse process.

The 2OTU2S card performs the following functions:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

Version: D 243
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Supports the SDH B1 and J0 overhead monitoring.

4 Supports the OTN performance and alarm monitoring.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports local and remote end loopback of signals at client side and
WDM side optical interfaces.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use XFP optical modules,
which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the client side and WDM side can be obtained via the EMS.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the client side includes the module
type, application code, transmission distance, support rate, wavelength
window, receiver type.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the WDM side includes the optical
type, wavelength, receiver type and modulation format.

6.5.3.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 2OTU2S card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-155.

244 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-155 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 2OTU2S Card

Client Side Client Side WDM Side


Note 1
WDM Side Optical
Card Name Interface Optical Signal Interface Note 2
Signal Type
Quantity Type Quantity

STM-64
10GE LAN OTU2
2OTU2S 2 10GE WAN 2 OTU2e
10GFC OTU2f
OTU2
Note 1: The client side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the
client side equipment.
Note 2: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is
connected to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.3.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.5.3.4 Panel

See Figure 6-32 for the 2OTU2S card panel.

Version: D 245
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-32 The 2OTU2S Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the 2OTU2S card panel are described in
Table 6-156.

246 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-156 Description of the 2OTU2S Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the


card.
Alarm Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
UA/NUA
indicator LED alarm).
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting service


Client side signals to the client side
OUT1 / IN1
optical equipment.
OUT2 / IN2
interface IN is for receiving service signals
from the client side equipment.

TX is for transmitting
wavelength-specific optical The optical interface
signals to the optical multiplexer connector: the LC-type
card or the optical add / drop connector.
WDM side
TX1 / RX1 multiplexing card.
optical
TX2 / RX2 RX is for receiving wavelength-
interface
specific optical signals from the
optical demultiplexer card or the
optical add / drop multiplexing
card.

6.5.3.5 Specifications of the 2OTU2S Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-157 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the 2OTU2S Card

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type –
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80

Transmitter Operating wavelength


nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
at reference range
point S Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1.0 0.4 0.4

Version: D 247
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-157 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the 2OTU2S Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum side mode


dB 30 – –
suppression ratio

Maximum mean launched


dBm -1 2 4
power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.691 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤
dBm -14 -17 -24
10-12)
Receiver at
Minimum overload (BER ≤
reference dBm 0 0 -7
10-12)
point R
Maximum reflectance of
receiver, measured at dB -27 -27 -27
reference point R

Table 6-158 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the 2OTU2S Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation format – DFB/MZ


Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 800
Maximum width at -20 dB nm 0.3
Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
Transmit- ratio

ter at Maximum mean launched power dBm 3


reference Minimum mean launched power dBm -2
point S
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10
Compliant with the ITU-T G.
Transmit signal eye pattern –
691 mask

Receiver Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm -17 (PIN)


-12
at Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm 0 (PIN)
reference Maximum reflectance of receiver,
point R dB -27
measured at reference point R

248 Version: D
6 Card

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-159 Mechanical Parameters of the 2OTU2S Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

2OTU2S 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-160 Power Consumption of the 2OTU2S Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

2OTU2S 36

6.5.4 The 4OTU2S Card

The card number of the 4OTU2S card is 2018154.

Applicable to the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.5.4.1 Function

The card receives four optical signals (STM-64 / 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / OTU2e /
OTU2) from the client side, performs the O/E conversion and converts them into
four OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f signals of DWDM standard compliant wavelength;
outputs the converted signals via the WDM side optical interface to the optical
multiplexer card or optical add / drop multiplexing card for WDM. The card also
fulfills the reverse process.

The 4OTU2S card performs the following functions:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

Version: D 249
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Supports the SDH B1 and J0 overhead monitoring.

4 Supports the OTN performance and alarm monitoring.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports remote loopback of signals at client side and WDM side
optical interfaces.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use XFP optical modules,
which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the client side and WDM side can be obtained via the EMS.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the client side includes the module
type, application code, transmission distance, support rate, wavelength
window, receiver type.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the WDM side includes the optical
type, wavelength, receiver type and modulation format.

6.5.4.2 Access Service and Quantity

The 4OTU2S card’s service access capacity, including the service type and the
quantity, is shown in Table 6-161.

250 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-161 Access Service Type and Quantity of the 4OTU2S Card

Client Side WDM Side WDM Side


Client Side Optical Note 2
Card Name Interface Note Interface Optical Signal
1 Signal Type
Quantity Quantity Type

STM-64
10GE LAN
10GE WAN OTU2
4OTU2S 4 4
10GFC OTU2e
OTU2
OTU2e
Note 1: The client side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the
client side device.
Note 2: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is
connected to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.4.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.5.4.4 Panel Description

The 4OTU2S card panel is shown in Figure 6-33.

Version: D 251
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-33 The 4OTU2S Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the 4OTU2S card panel are described in
Table 6-162.

252 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-162 The 4OTU2S Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working status If the indicator LED is ON or OFF, the card is working
ACT
indicator LED abnormally; ON indicates a communication interruption
exists between the card and the OTNM2000.
OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (a critical alarm or a
Alarm
UA / NUA major alarm).
indicator LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (a minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

OUT1 / IN1 OUT is for transmitting service


Client side
OUT2 / IN2 signals to client side devices.
optical
OUT3 / IN3 IN is for receiving service signals
interface
OUT4 / IN4 from client side devices.
TX is for transmitting
wavelength-specific optical
The optical interface
signals to the optical multiplexing
connector: the LC-type
TX1 / RX1 card or the optical add / drop
WDM side connector.
TX2 / RX2 multiplexing card.
optical
TX3 / RX3 RX is for receiving wavelength-
interface
TX4 / RX4 specific optical signals from the
optical demultiplexing card or the
optical add / drop multiplexing
card.

6.5.4.5 Specification of the 4OTU2S Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-163 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the 4OTU2S Card

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type –
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
Transmitter range
at reference Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1.0 0.4 0.4
point S Minimum side mode
dB 30 – –
suppression ratio

Version: D 253
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-163 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the 4OTU2S Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum mean launched


dBm -1 2 4
power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.691 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER
dBm -14 -17 -24
≤ 10-12)
Receiver at
Minimum overload (BER ≤
reference dBm 0 0 -7
10-12)
point R
Maximum reflectance of
receiver, measured at dB -27 -27 -27
reference point R

Table 6-164 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interface on the 4OTU2S Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation format – DFB/MZ


Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 800
Maximum width at -20 dB nm 0.3
Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
Transmit- ratio

ter at Maximum mean launched power dBm 3


reference Minimum mean launched power dBm -2
point S
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10
Compliant with the ITU-T G.
Transmit signal eye pattern –
691 mask

Receiver Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm -17 (PIN)

at Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm 0 (PIN)


reference Maximum reflectance of receiver,
point R dB -27
measured at reference point R

254 Version: D
6 Card

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-165 Mechanical Parameters of the 4OTU2S Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

4OTU2S 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-166 Power Consumption of the 4OTU2S Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

4OTU2S 81

6.5.5 The OTU2E Card

The OTU2E card has two types according to different optical modules on the line
side. The number of the OTU2E card is 2.854.033 / 2.854.034.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Card Name Card Number


OTU2E (non-tunable wavelength) 2.854.033
OTU2E (tunable wavelength) 2.854.034

6.5.5.1 Function

The card receives four optical signals (STM-16 / OTU1), performs the O/E
conversion and aggregates into one OTU2 signal of DWDM standard compliant
wavelength; outputs the converted signal via the WDM side optical interface to the
optical add / drop multiplexing card for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse
process.

The OTU2E card performs the following functions:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

Version: D 255
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Supports overhead monitoring of SDH B1


and J0 bytes; supports monitoring of OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports remote loopback of signals at client side and WDM side
optical interfaces.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces use SFP optical modules,
which are small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the client side and WDM side can be obtained via the EMS.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the client side includes the module
type, application code, transmission distance, support rate, wavelength
window, receiver type.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the WDM side includes the optical
type, wavelength, receiver type and modulation format.

6.5.5.2 Access Service and Quantity

The OTU2E card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-167.

256 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-167 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU2E Card

Client Side
Client Side Interface Note 1 WDM Side Interface Note 2 WDM Side Optical
Card Optical Signal
Quantity Quantity Signal Type
Type

STM-16
OTU2E 4 1 OTU2
OTU1
Note 1: The client side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the client side device.
Note 2: The WDM side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the optical multiplexer card
or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.5.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.5.5.4 Panel

See Figure 6-34 for the OTU2E card panel.

Version: D 257
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-34 The OTU2E Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the OTU2E card panel are described in
Table 6-168.

258 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-168 Description of the OTU2E Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the


card.
Alarm indicator Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
UA/NUA
LED alarm).
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

The 1st to the TX is for transmitting service signals


OUT1 / IN1 to 4th client side to client side devices.
OUT4 / IN4 optical RX is for receiving service signals
interfaces from client side devices.
The optical
TX is for transmitting wavelength-
interface
specific optical signals to the optical
connector: the
Wavelength multiplexer card or the optical add /
LC-type
division side drop multiplexing card.
TX / RX connector.
optical RX is for receiving wavelength-
interface specific optical signals from the
optical demultiplexer card or the
optical add / drop multiplexing card.

6.5.5.5 Specifications of the OTU2E Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-169 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2E Card

Item Unit Specification

155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G 155M-2.67G


Optical module type – multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP multi-rate SFP
optical module optical module optical module

Optical line code – NRZ NRZ NRZ


Target distance km 15 40 80

Transmitter Operating wavelength


nm 1260 to 1335 1280 to 1335 1500 to 1580
at reference range
point S Source type – SLM/DFB SLM/DFB SLM/DFB

Version: D 259
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-169 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2E Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1 1 1


Minimum side mode
dB 30 30 30
suppression ratio

Maximum mean launched


dBm 0 3 3
power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -5 -2 -2
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2 8.2 8.2


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.957 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤
dBm -18 -27 -28
10-12)
Receiver at
Minimum overload (BER ≤
reference dBm 0 -9 -9
10-12)
point R
Maximum reflectance of
receiver, measured at dB -27 -27 -27
reference point R

Table 6-170 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2E Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation format – DFB/MZ


Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 800
Maximum width at -20 dB nm 0.3
Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
Transmit- ratio

ter at Maximum mean launched power dBm 3


reference Minimum mean launched power dBm -2
point S
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10
Compliant with the ITU-T G.
Transmit signal eye pattern –
691 mask
-12
Receiver Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm -17 (PIN)
-12
at Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm 0 (PIN)
reference Maximum reflectance of receiver,
point R dB -27
measured at reference point R

260 Version: D
6 Card

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-171 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU2E Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OTU2E 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-172 Power Consumption of the OTU2E Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OTU2E 33

6.5.6 The OTU2F Card

The OTU2F card has two types according to different optical modules on the line
side. The number of the OTU2F card is 2.018.152 / 2.018.153.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Card Name Card Number


OTU2F (non-tunable wavelength) 2.018.152
OTU2F (tunable wavelength) 2.018.153

6.5.6.1 Function

The card performs decapsulation and UFEC / RSFEC decoding of the optical
signals (OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f) from the line side and performs the digital wrapper
and Ultra-FEC encoding to convert the signal into the OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f (10.7
Gbit/s) optical signal of DWDM standard compliant wavelength and outputs to the
optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexing card for WDM. The
card performs the regeneration of the OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f services without
changing the frame structure and necessary overhead bytes of service signals
during the process, so as to guarantee the transparent transmission of the service.

u OTN functions:

Version: D 261
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 96 wavelengths in Band C.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC coding / decoding
modes (I.4 and I.7 defined in G.975 are supported.)

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing, operation
and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports local and remote end loopback of signals at WDM side
optical interfaces.

u Optical module: Uses the 300PIN MSA module.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the WDM side can be obtained through the network management
system. Information about the optical interfaces on the WDM side includes the
wavelength and wavelength tunability, the receiver type and the modulation
mode.

6.5.6.2 Access Service and Quantity

The OTU2F card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-173.

262 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-173 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU2F Card

West WDM Side


West WDM Side East WDM Side East WDM Side
Card Name Interface Note 1
Optical Signal Type Interface Quantity Optical Signal Type
Quantity

OTU2 OTU2
OTU2F 1 OTU2e 1 OTU2e
OTU2f OTU2f
Note 1: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the optical
multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.6.3 Application in the System

See Figure 6-35 for the application and positioning of the card in the system.

Figure 6-35 Positioning of the OTU2F Card in the System

6.5.6.4 Panel Description

See Figure 6-36 for the OTU2F card panel.

Version: D 263
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-36 The OTU2F Card Panel

264 Version: D
6 Card

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the panel of the OTU2F card are described in
Table 6-174.

Table 6-174 Description of the OTU2F Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally,
ACT
indicator LED ON indicates the poor communication between the card and the
network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the card.


Alarm Solid red indicates a critical alarm or a major alarm.
UA/NUA
indicator LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

TX_E: Transmits optical signals with


specific wavelengths to the optical
Wavelength multiplexer card or the optical add /
TX_ division east drop multiplexing card
E/RX_E side optical RX_E: Receives optical signals with
interface specific wavelengths from the optical
demultiplexer card or the optical add /
The optical interface
drop multiplexing card.
connector: the LC-type
TX_W: Transmits optical signals with
connector.
specific wavelengths to the optical
Wavelength multiplexer card or the optical add /
TX_ division west drop multiplexing card.
W/RX_W side optical RX_W: Receives optical signals with
interface specific wavelengths from the optical
demultiplexer card or the optical add /
drop multiplexing card.

6.5.6.5 Specifications of the OTU2F Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-175 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2F Card

Item Unit Specification

Source type and modulation format – DFB/MZ


Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 800

Version: D 265
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-175 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU2F Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum width at -20 dB nm 0.3


Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
Transmit- ratio

ter at Maximum mean launched power dBm 3


reference Minimum mean launched power dBm -2
point S
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10
Compliant with the ITU-T G.
Transmit signal eye pattern –
691 mask
-12
Receiver Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm -17 (PIN)

at Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm 0 (PIN)


reference Maximum reflectance of receiver,
point R dB -27
measured at reference point R

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-176 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU2F Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OTU2F 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-177 Power Consumption of the OTU2F Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OTU2F 29

6.5.7 The OTU3S Card

The OTU3S card has two types according to different optical modules on the line
side. The number of the OTU3S card is 2.018.151/2.200.180.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

266 Version: D
6 Card

Card Name Card Number


OTU3S (DPSK modulation is used in the line side optical
2.018.151
module, tunable wavelength)

OTU3S (DQPSK modulation is used in the line side optical


2.200.180
module, tunable wavelength)

6.5.7.1 Function

The card receives one optical signal (STM-256 / OTU3 / OTU3e1), performs the O/E
conversion and converts into the OTU3 / OTU3e1 signal of DWDM standard
compliant wavelength; outputs the converted signal via the WDM side optical
interface to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add/drop multiplexing card for
WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The OTU3S card performs the following functions:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Supports single-channel dispersion compensation and pre-amplification: The


built-in TDCM and OPA modules in the card can perform precise dispersion
compensation and pre-amplification for a single channel. Both the dispersion
compensation value and the amplification gain can be configured via the
network management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

Version: D 267
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 Monitors SDH B1 and J0 overheads.

4 Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports local and remote end loopback of signals at client side and
WDM side optical interfaces.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the client side and WDM side can be obtained via the EMS.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the client side includes the module
type, application code, transmission distance, support rate, wavelength
window, receiver type.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the WDM side includes wavelength


tunability, wavelength, receiver type and modulation format.

6.5.7.2 Access Service and Quantity

The OTU3S card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-178.

Table 6-178 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU3S Card

Client Side WDM Side


Card Client Side Interface Note 1 WDM Side Interface Note 2
Optical Signal Optical Signal
Name Quantity Quantity
Type Type

STM-256 OTU3
OTU3S 1 OTU3 1 OTU3e1
OTU3e1
Note 1: The client side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the client side equipment.
Note 2: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the optical
multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

268 Version: D
6 Card

6.5.7.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.5.7.4 Panel

See Figure 6-37 for the OTU3S card panel.

Version: D 269
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-37 The OTU3S Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the OTU3S card panel are described in
Table 6-179.

270 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-179 Description of the OTU3S Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally,
ACT
indicator LED ON indicates the poor communication between the card and the
network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the card.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator
UA/NUA alarm).
LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting service signals to


Client side the client side equipment.
OUT / IN
optical interface IN is for receiving service signals from
the client side equipment.

TX is for transmitting wavelength-specific The optical


optical signals to the optical multiplexer interface connector:
card or the optical add / drop multiplexing the LC-type
Wavelength
card. connector.
TX / RX division side
RX is for receiving wavelength-specific
optical interface
optical signals from the optical
demultiplexer card or the optical add /
drop multiplexing card.

6.5.7.5 Specifications of the OTU3S Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-180 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3S Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical line code – NRZ


Application code – VRZ2000-3R2
Fiber type – G.652
Operating wavelength range nm 1530 to 1565

Transmit- Maximum width at -20 dB nm –


ter at Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
reference ratio
point S Maximum mean launched power dBm 3
Minimum mean launched power dBm 0

Version: D 271
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-180 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3S Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2


Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm -6
-12
Receiver Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm 3
at Maximum optical path penalty dB 2
reference Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 40
point R
Maximum reflectance of receiver,
dB -27
measured at reference point R

Table 6-181 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3S Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50 50


Optical line code – sRZ-DQPSK sDPSK
Maximum central frequency
GHz ±2.5 ±2.5
deviation
Maximum -20dB spectrum width nm NA NA
Transmit-
Minimum side mode suppression
ter at dB 35 35
ratio
reference
Maximum mean launched power dBm 5 5
point S
Minimum mean launched power dBm -10 -5
Transmit signal eye pattern – TBD TBD
Minimum extinction ratio dB NA NA
Minimum sensitivity of the
dBm -14 -14
receiver Note 1
Receiver
Minimum overload of the receiver dBm 0 0
at
reference Maximum reflectance of the
dB -27 -27
point R receiver
Receiving range of the receiver
Note 2 nm 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568

Note 1: The integrated optical pre-amplifier of the receiver.


Note 2: Receivable wavelength range for the receiver should correspond to the transmitting
wavelength.

272 Version: D
6 Card

The built-in OPA module in the Rx direction at the WDM side of the OTU3S card is a
single-wavelength optical amplification module suitable for 40G optical transport
network. The module uses a pump laser with TEC refrigerator. Its output power can
be equalized within the range of 0 to 10 dBm. Table 6-182 shows its specific
specifications.

Table 6-182 Specifications of the Built-in PA of the OTU3S Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568


Input power range dBm -30 to 0
Output optical power range Note 1 dBm 0 to 10
Note 2
Gain dB ≥ 25
NF (noise figure) – 5.5 / 7.5
Threshold for Rx-LOS alarm dBm -25 to -24
Threshold for Tx-LOS alarm dBm -3 to -2
Input optical power threshold at pump OFF dBm -25 to -24
Note 1: The optical output power includes the signal power and the ASE power. Make sure that
the output optical power is 10 dBm when the input power is larger than -25 dBm. In the
APC working mode, the optical power can be adjusted within the range via the
parameter setting.
Note 2: For the signal power gain, the larger gain the better. However, make sure that the gain
should be no less than 20 dB.

Table 6-183 Specifications of the Built-in TDCM of the OTU3S Card

Item Unit Specification

Wavelength range nm 1527 to 1565


Average chromatic dispersion accuracy ps/nm ±20
Insertion loss dB 4

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-184 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU3S Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OTU3S 368 × 60

Version: D 273
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 6-185 Power Consumption of the OTU3S Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OTU3S 81 (DPSK) / 91 (DQPSK)

6.5.8 The OTU3S Card (Coherent)

The card number of the OTU3S card (coherent) is 2.151.211.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.5.8.1 Function

The OTU3S card receives one optical signal (STM-256 / OTU3 / OTU3e1) form the
client side, performs the O/E conversion and converts it into the OTU3 / OTU3e1
signal of DWDM standard compliant wavelength; outputs the converted signal via
the WDM side optical interface to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add/drop
multiplexing card for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The OTU3S card performs the following functions:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports super FEC (defined in I.7 of ITU-T Rec. G.975)
encoding and decoding modes.

274 Version: D
6 Card

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Supports overhead monitoring of SDH B1


and J0 bytes; supports monitoring of OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports local and remote end loopback of signals at client side and
WDM side optical interfaces.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the client side and WDM side can be obtained via the EMS.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the client side includes the module
type, application code, transmission distance, support rate, wavelength
window, receiver type.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the WDM side includes the optical
type, wavelength, receiver type and modulation format.

6.5.8.2 Access Service and Quantity

The OTU3S card (coherent)’s service access capacity, including the service type
and quantity, is shown in Table 6-186.

Table 6-186 Access Service and Quantity of the OTU3S Card (Coherent)

Client Side WDM Side


Card Note 1
Client Side Signal WDM Side Interface Note
Interface 2 Signal
Name Type Quantity
Quantity Type

OTU3- STM-256
1 1 OTU3
S OTU3
Note 1: The client side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the
client side equipment.
Note 2: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is
connected to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

Version: D 275
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.5.8.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.5.8.4 Panel

See Figure 6-38 for the OTU3S (coherent) card panel.

276 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-38 The OTU3S Card (Coherent) Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the panel of the OTU3S (coherent) card are
described in Table 6-187.

Version: D 277
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-187 Descriptions on the OTU3S Card (Coherent) Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working indicator ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between the
card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the card.


Red indicates an urgent alarm (a critical alarm or a major
Alarm indicator
UA/NUA alarm).
LED
Yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting service


Client side optical signals to the client side equipment.
OUT / IN
interface IN is for receiving service signals
from the client side equipment.

TX is for transmitting wavelength-


The optical interface
specific optical signals to the optical
connector: the LC-
multiplexer card or the optical add /
Wavelength type connector.
drop multiplexing card.
TX / RX division side
RX is for receiving wavelength-
optical interface
specific optical signals from the
optical demultiplexer card or the
optical add / drop multiplexing card.

6.5.8.5 Specifications of the OTU3S Card (Coherent)

Interface Specifications

Table 6-188 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3S Card (Coherent)

Item Unit Specification

Optical line code – NRZ


Application code – VRZ2000-3R2
Fiber type – G.652
Operating wavelength range nm 1530 to 1565

Transmit- Maximum width at -20 dB nm –


ter at Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
reference ratio
point S Maximum mean launched power dBm 3
Minimum mean launched power dBm 0

278 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-188 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3S Card (Coherent)
(Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2


-12
Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10 ) dBm -6

Receiver Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10-12) dBm 3


at Maximum optical path penalty dB 2
reference Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 40
point R
Maximum reflectance of receiver,
dB -27
measured at reference point R

Table 6-189 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interface on the OTU3S Card (Coherent)

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50


Optical line code – PM-DQPSK
Maximum central frequency
GHz ±2.5
deviation
Maximum -20dB spectrum width nm 0.2
Transmit-
Minimum side mode suppression
ter at dB 35
ratio
reference
Maximum mean launched power dBm 5
point S
Minimum mean launched power dBm -1
Transmit signal eye pattern – TBD
Minimum extinction ratio dB NA
Minimum sensitivity of the
dBm -15
receiver Note 1
Minimum overload of the receiver dBm 0
Receiver Maximum reflectance of the
dB -27
at receiver
reference Receiving range of the receiver
Note 2 nm 1528 to 1568
point R
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 55000
Differential group delay tolerance
ps 100
value
Note 1: An optical pre-amplifier is integrated in the receiver.
Note 2: The receiver is required to work within the range that corresponds to the transmitted
wavelength.

Version: D 279
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-190 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU3S (Coherent) Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OTU3S (coherent) 368 × 60

Power Consumption

Table 6-191 Power Consumption of the OTU3S Card (Coherent)

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OTU3S (Coherent) 108

6.5.9 The OTU3E Card

The OTU3E card has two types according to different optical modules. The number
of the OTU3E card is 2.854.038 / 2.200.184.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Card Name Card Number


OTU3E (DPSK modulation is used in the line side optical
2.854.038
module, tunable wavelength)

OTU3E (DQPSK modulation is used in the line side optical


2.200.184
module, tunable wavelength)

6.5.9.1 Function

The card receives four optical signals (10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / 10GFC /
8GFC / OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f) from the client side, performs the O/E conversion
and aggregates into the OTU3 / OTU3e1 signals of DWDM standard compliant
wavelength; outputs the converted signal via the WDM side optical interface to the
optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexing card for WDM. The
card also fulfills the reverse process.

The OTU3E card performs the following functions:

u OTN functions:

280 Version: D
6 Card

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can configure the OTN overheads via the network management
system. The supported configuration functions include the following items:
the PM and TCMi configuration at the ODU2 layer, the ODTU23 layer, and
the ODU3 layer, the SM configuration at the OTU3 layer.

u Supports single-channel dispersion compensation and pre-amplification: The


built-in TDCM and OPA modules in the card can perform precise dispersion
compensation and pre-amplification for a single channel. Both the dispersion
compensation value and the amplification gain can be configured via the
network management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Monitors SDH B1 and J0 overheads.

4 Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports local and remote end loopback of signals at client side and
wavelength division side optical interfaces.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces at the client side use the XFP
optical module, which is small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the client side and WDM side can be obtained via the EMS.

Version: D 281
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 Information about optical interfaces on the client side includes the module
type, application code, transmission distance, support rate, wavelength
window, receiver type.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the WDM side includes wavelength


tunability, wavelength, receiver type and modulation format.

6.5.9.2 Access Service and Quantity

The OTU3E card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-192.

Table 6-192 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU3E Card

Client Side Client Side WDM Side WDM Side


Note 1 Note 2
Card Name Interface Optical Signal Interface Optical Signal
Quantity Type Quantity Type

STM-64
OTU2
OTU2e
OTU3
OTU2f
OTU3E 4 1 OTU3e1
10GE LAN
10GE WAN
10GFC
8GFC
Note 1: The client side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the
client side equipment.
Note 2: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is
connected to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.9.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.5.9.4 Panel

See Figure 6-39 for the OTU3E card panel.

282 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-39 The OTU3E Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the OTU3E card panel are described in
Table 6-193.

Version: D 283
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-193 Description of the OTU3E Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the card.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm
UA/NUA alarm).
indicator LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

The 1st to the OUT is for transmitting service


OUT1 / IN1 to 4th client side signals to the client side equipment.
OUT4 / IN4 optical IN is for receiving service signals
interfaces from the client side equipment.

TX is for transmitting wavelength- The optical


specific optical signals to the optical interface connector:
Wavelength multiplexer card or the optical add / the LC-type
division side drop multiplexing card. connector.
TX / RX
optical RX is for receiving wavelength-
interface specific optical signals from the
optical demultiplexer card or the
optical add / drop multiplexing card.

6.5.9.5 Specifications of the OTU3E Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-194 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3E Card

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type –
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
Transmitter range
at reference Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1.0 0.4 0.4
point S Minimum side mode
dB 30 – –
suppression ratio

284 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-194 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3E Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum mean launched


dBm -1 2 4
power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.691 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤
dBm -14 -17 -24
10-12)
Receiver at
Minimum overload (BER ≤
reference dBm 0 0 -7
10-12)
point R
Maximum reflectance of
receiver, measured at dB -27 -27 -27
reference point R

Table 6-195 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3E Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50 50


Optical line code – sRZ-DQPSK sDPSK
Maximum central
GHz ±2.5 ±2.5
frequency deviation

Maximum -20dB
nm NA NA
spectrum width

Minimum side mode


dB 35 35
Transmit- suppression ratio
ter at Maximum mean
dBm 5 5
reference launched power
point S Minimum mean
dBm -10 -5
launched power

Transmit signal eye


– TBD TBD
pattern

Minimum extinction
dB NA NA
ratio

Version: D 285
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-195 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3E Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum sensitivity of
dBm -14 -14
the receiver Note 1
Receiver Minimum overload of
dBm 0 0
at the receiver
reference Maximum reflectance
dB -27 -27
point R of the receiver
Receiving range of
nm 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568
the receiver Note 2
Note 1: The integrated optical pre-amplifier of the receiver.
Note 2: Receivable wavelength range for the receiver should correspond to the transmitting
wavelength.

The built-in OPA module in the Rx direction at the WDM side of the OTU3E card is a
single-wavelength optical amplification module suitable for 40G optical transport
network. The module uses a pump laser with TEC refrigerator. Its output power can
be equalized within the range of 0 to 10 dBm. Table 6-196 and Table 6-197 show
its specific specifications.

Table 6-196 Specifications of the Built-in PA of the OTU3E Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range (C-band 48-


nm 1528 to 1568
channel)

Input power range dBm -30 to 0


Output optical power range Note 1 dBm 0 to 10
Note 2
Gain dB ≥ 25
NF (noise figure) dB 5.5 / 7.5
Threshold for Rx-LOS alarm dBm -25 to -24
Threshold for Tx-LOS alarm dBm -3 to -2
Input optical power threshold at pump OFF dBm -25 to -24
Note 1: The optical output power includes the signal power and the ASE power. Make sure that
the output optical power is 10 dBm when the input power is larger than -25 dBm. In the
APC working mode, the optical power can be adjusted within the range via the
parameter setting.
Note 2: For the signal power gain, the larger gain the better. However, make sure that the gain
should be no less than 20 dB.

286 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-197 Specifications of the Built-in TDCM of the OTU3E Card

Item Unit Specification

Wavelength range nm 1527 to 1565


Average chromatic dispersion accuracy ps/nm ±20
Insertion loss dB 4

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-198 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU3E Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OTU3E 368 × 60

Power Consumption

Table 6-199 Power Consumption of the OTU3E Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OTU3E 75 (DPSK) / 85 (DQPSK)

6.5.10 The OTU3E Card (Coherent)

The card number of the OTU3E card (coherent) is 2.200.935.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.5.10.1 Function

The OTU3E card receives four optical signals (10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 /
10GFC / 8GFC / OTU2 / OTU2e / OTU2f) from the client side, performs the O / E
conversion and aggregates into the OTU3 / OTU3e1 signals of DWDM standard
compliant wavelength; outputs the converted signal via the WDM side optical
interface to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexing card for
WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The OTU3E card performs the following functions:

u OTN functions:

Version: D 287
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface on the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Tunable wavelength: Optional, provided upon request . The card uses the
optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in C-band.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding /
decoding modes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Supports the SDH B1 and J0 bytes overhead monitoring.

4 Supports the OTN performance and alarm monitoring.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the network management system to facilitate testing and
maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports near end and remote end loopback of signals at client side
and wavelength division side optical interfaces.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces on the client side use the XFP
optical module, which is small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software: Performs remote software upgrade function


of the card via the network management system.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the client side and wavelength side.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the client side includes the module
type, application code, transmission distance, supported rate, wavelength
window, receiver type.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the wavelength division side


includes the optical type, wavelength, receiver type and modulation format.

288 Version: D
6 Card

6.5.10.2 Access Service and Quantity

The OTU3S card (coherent)’s service access capacity, including the service type
and quantity, is shown in Table 6-200.

Table 6-200 Access Service and Quantity of the OTU3S Card (Coherent)

Card Client Side Interface Note 1 Client Side WDM Side Interface Note 2 WDM Side
Name Quantity Signal Type Quantity Signal Type

STM-64
OTU2
OTU2e
OTU2f OTU3
OTU3E 4 1
10GE LAN OTU3e1
10GE WAN
10GFC
8GFC
Note 1: The client side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the client side equipment.
Note 2: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the optical
multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.10.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.5.10.4 Panel

See Figure 6-40 for the OTU3E (coherent) card panel.

Version: D 289
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-40 The OTU3E Card (Coherent) Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the OTU3E (coherent) panel are described in
Table 6-201.

290 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-201 Descriptions on the OTU3E Card (Coherent) Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the card.


Red indicates an urgent alarm (a critical alarm or a major
Alarm
UA/NUA alarm).
indicator LED
Yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

The 1st to the OUT is for outputting service signals


OUT1 / IN1 to 4th client side to the client side equipment.
OUT4 / IN4 optical IN is for inputting service signals
interfaces from the client side equipment.

TX is for outputting wavelength- The optical


specific optical signals to the optical interface connector:
Wavelength multiplexer card or the optical add / the LC-type
division side drop multiplexing card. connector.
TX / RX
optical RX is for receiving wavelength-
interface specific optical signals from the
optical demultiplexer card or the
optical add / drop multiplexing card.

6.5.10.5 Specifications of the OTU3E Card (Coherent)

Interface Specifications

Table 6-202 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interface on the OTU3E Card (Coherent)

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type –
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
Transmitter range
at reference Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1.0 0.4 0.4
point S Minimum side mode
dB 30 – –
suppression ratio

Version: D 291
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-202 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interface on the OTU3E Card (Coherent)
(Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum mean launched


dBm -1 2 4
power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.691 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤
dBm -14 -17 -24
10-12)
Receiver at
Minimum overload (BER ≤
reference dBm 0 0 -7
10-12)
point R
Maximum reflectance of
receiver, measured at dB -27 -27 -27
reference point R

Table 6-203 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interface on the OTU3E Card (Coherent)

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50


Optical line code – PM-DQPSK
Maximum central frequency
GHz ±2.5
deviation
Maximum -20dB spectrum width nm 0.2
Transmit-
Minimum side mode suppression
ter at dB 35
ratio
reference
Maximum mean launched power dBm 5
point S
Minimum mean launched power dBm -1
Transmit signal eye pattern – TBD
Minimum extinction ratio dB NA
Minimum sensitivity of the receiver
Note 1 dBm -20

Receiver Minimum overload of the receiver dBm 0


at Maximum reflectance of the
dB -27
reference receiver
point R Receiving range of the receiver
Note 2 nm 1528 to 1568

Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 55000

292 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-203 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interface on the OTU3E Card (Coherent)
(Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Differential group delay tolerance


ps 100
value
Note 1: An optical pre-amplifier is integrated in the receiver.
Note 2: The receiver is required to work within the range that corresponds to the transmitted
wavelength.

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-204 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU3E (Coherent) Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OTU3E (coherent) 368 × 90

Power Consumption

Table 6-205 Power Consumption of the OTU3E Card (Coherent)

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OTU3E (Coherent) 98

6.5.11 The OTU3F Card

The OTU3F card has three types according to different optical modules on the line
side. The number of the OTU3F card is 2.018.150 / 2.200.181 / 2.200.589
respectively.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Card Name Card Number


OTU3F (DPSK modulation is used in the optical module on both sides
2.018.150
of the line side, tunable wavelength)

OTU3F (DQPSK modulation is used in the optical module on both


2.200.181
sides of the line side, tunable wavelength)

OTU3F (DPSK / DQPSK modulation is used respectively in the optical


module on both sides of the line side; the mother board uses the DPSK 2.200.589
modulation, tunable wavelength)

Version: D 293
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.5.11.1 Function

The OTU3F card receives the OTU3 / OTU3e1 optical signals from the line side to
perform the O / E conversion. After being processed by the OTU3 overhead
insertion and the FEC decoding, these signals are converted into the OTU3 /
OTU3e1 optical signals of DWDM standard compliant wavelength. Finally, the
OTU3F card sends the signal to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop
multiplexing card for WDM. The OTU3F card performs the regeneration of the OTU3
/ OTU3e1 services and improves the quantity of transmitting signals.

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 96 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports local and remote end loopback of signals at WDM side
optical interfaces.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the WDM side can be obtained through the network management
system. Information about the optical interfaces on the WDM side includes the
wavelength and wavelength tunability, the receiver type and the modulation
mode.

294 Version: D
6 Card

6.5.11.2 Access Service and Quantity

The OTU3F card’s access service type and quantity are shown in Table 6-206.

Table 6-206 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU3F Card

West WDM Side West WDM Side East WDM Side East WDM
Note 1
Card Name Interface Optical Signal Interface Side Optical
Quantity Type Quantity Signal Type

OTU3 OTU3
OTU3F 1 1
OTU3e1 OTU3e1
Note 1: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is
connected to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.11.3 Application in the System

See Figure 6-41 for the application and positioning of the card in the system.

Figure 6-41 Positioning of the OTU3F Card in the System

6.5.11.4 Panel Description

See Figure 6-42 for the OTU3F card panel.

Version: D 295
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-42 The OTU3F Card Panel

The interfaces and LEDs on the OTU3F card panel are described in Table 6-207.

296 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-207 The OTU3F Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working
ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON
ACT indicator
indicates the poor communication between the card and the network
LED
management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the card.


Alarm
UA/- Solid red indicates a critical alarm or a major alarm.
indicator
NUA Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
LED
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

TX1 is for transmitting optical signals


with specific wavelengths to the
optical multiplexer card or optical add
Optical
TX1/R- / drop multiplexing card.
interfaces at
X1 RX1 is for receiving optical signals
WDM side 1
with specific wavelengths from the
optical demultiplexer card or the
The optical interface
optical add / drop multiplexing card.
connector: the LC-type
TX2 is for transmitting optical signals
connector.
with specific wavelengths to the
optical multiplexer card or optical add
Optical
TX2/R- / drop multiplexer card.
interfaces at
X2 RX2 is for receiving optical signals
WDM side 2
with specific wavelengths from the
optical demultiplexer card or the
optical add / drop multiplexer card.

Note 1: The interfaces MO and MI are internal connected interfaces. Users need to connect the
interfaces MO and MI with fiber jumpers on the panel.

6.5.11.5 Specifications of the OTU3F Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-208 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3F Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50 50


Optical line code – sRZ-DQPSK sDPSK

Version: D 297
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-208 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU3F Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum central frequency


GHz ±2.5 ±2.5
deviation
Maximum -20dB spectrum width nm NA NA
Transmit-
Minimum side mode suppression
ter at dB 35 35
ratio
reference
Maximum mean launched power dBm 5 5
point S
Minimum mean launched power dBm -10 -5
Transmit signal eye pattern – TBD TBD
Minimum extinction ratio dB NA NA
Minimum sensitivity of the
dBm -14 -14
receiver Note 1
Receiver
Minimum overload of the receiver dBm 0 0
at
reference Maximum reflectance of the
dB -27 -27
point R receiver
Receiving range of the receiver
Note 2 nm 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568

Note 1: The integrated optical pre-amplifier of the receiver.


Note 2: Receivable wavelength range for the receiver should correspond to the transmitting
wavelength.

The built-in PA module on the wavelength division side in the receiving direction of
the card is a single-wavelength optical amplification module applicable to the 40G
optical transport network. Using the pump laser with TEC (Thermo Electric Cooling),
the module can adjust its output power in the range of 0 to 10 dBm. See
Table 6-209 for specific specifications.

Table 6-209 Specifications of the Built-in PA Module of the OTU3F Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568


Input power range dBm -30 to 0
Output optical power range Note 1 dBm 0 to 10
Note 2
Gain dB ≥ 25
NF (noise figure) dB 5.5 / 7.5
Threshold for Rx-LOS alarm dBm -25 to -24
Threshold for Tx-LOS alarm dBm -3 to -2

298 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-209 Specifications of the Built-in PA Module of the OTU3F Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Input optical power threshold at pump OFF dBm -25 to -24


Note 1: The optical output power includes the signal power and the ASE power. Make sure that
the output optical power is 10 dBm when the input power is larger than -25 dBm. In the
APC working mode, the optical power can be adjusted within the range via the
parameter setting.
Note 2: For the signal power gain, the larger gain the better. However, make sure that the gain
should be no less than 20 dB.

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-210 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU3F Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OTU3F (2.018.150) 368 × 90


OTU3F (2.200.589) 368 × 90
OTU3F (2.200.181) 368 × 90

Power Consumption

Table 6-211 Power Consumption of the OTU3F Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OTU3F (2.018.150) 88
OTU3F (2.200.589) 93
OTU3F (2.200.181) 98

6.5.12 The OTU4S Card

The OTU4S card number is 2.200.307.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Version: D 299
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.5.12.1 Function

The card receives one optical signal (100GE / OTU4) from the client side, performs
the O / E conversion, mapping, framing and FEC encoding, and converts it into the
OTU4 signal of DWDM standard compliant wavelength. It outputs the converted
signal via the WDM side optical interface to the optical multiplexing card or the
optical add / drop multiplexing card for wavelength division multiplexing. The card
also fulfills the reverse process.

The OTU4S card has the following functions and features:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Coherent reception: The receiver of the WDM side optical module performs the
coherent reception by mixing the local oscillator optical source and the input
optical signal so as to better protect the signal against various transmission
impairment.

u Electronic chromatic dispersion compensation and polarization mode


dispersion compensation: the built-in processing chip of the WDM side optical
module performs precise self-adaptive compensation for the chromatic
dispersion and polarization mode dispersion.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: the FEC technology at the WDM side uses the soft-
decision low-density parity check (SD-LDPC) scheme with the overhead ratio
of 13% and the coding gain bigger than 11dB.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

300 Version: D
6 Card

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports local and remote end loopback of signals at client side and
WDM side optical interfaces.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the client side and WDM side can be obtained via the EMS.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the client side includes the module
type, application code, transmission distance, support rate, wavelength
window, receiver type.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the WDM side includes wavelength


tunability, wavelength, receiver type and modulation format.

6.5.12.2 Access Service and Quantity

The OTU4S card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-212.

Table 6-212 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU4S Card

Client Side Client Side WDM Side WDM Side


Note 1 Note 2
Card Name Interface Optical Signal Interface Optical Signal
Quantity Type Quantity Type

100GE
OTU4S 1 1 OTU4
OTU4
Note 1: The client side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the
client side equipment.
Note 2: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is
connected to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.12.3 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

Version: D 301
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.5.12.4 Panel

See Figure 6-43 for the OTU4S card panel.

Figure 6-43 The OTU4S Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the OTU4S card panel are described in
Table 6-213.

302 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-213 Description of the OTU4S Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally,
ACT
indicator LED ON indicates the poor communication between the card and the
network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the card.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm indicator
UA/NUA alarm).
LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

OUT is for transmitting service


Client side signals to the client side equipment.
OUT / IN
optical interface IN is for receiving service signals
from the client side equipment.

TX is for transmitting wavelength-


The optical interface
specific optical signals to the optical
connector: the LC-type
multiplexer card or the optical add /
Wavelength connector.
drop multiplexing card.
TX / RX division side
RX is for receiving wavelength-
optical interface
specific optical signals from the
optical demultiplexer card or the
optical add / drop multiplexing card.

6.5.12.5 Specifications of the OTU4S Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-214 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4S Card

Item Unit Specification

100G-
4I1-
Optical interface type – 100GBASE-LR4 BASE- 4I1-9C1F
9D1F
ER4
Single-channel signal rate Gbit/s 25.78125 27.95249339
Multiplexed signal rate Gbit/s 103.125 111.8099736
λ1 1294.53 to 1296.59
Transmitter
Central wavelength range λ2 1299.02 to 1301.09
at reference nm
of transmitter λ3 1303.54 to 1305.63
point S
λ4 1308.09 to 1310.19

Version: D 303
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-214 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4S Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Mean launched power of -2.7 to -2.5 to


dBm -2.5 to +2.9 -0.6 to +4.5
single channel (OMA) +2.9 +2.9

Eye pattern of single



channel

X1 X2 X3 Y1 Y2 Y3
0.25 0.4 0.45 0.25 0.28 0.4

Extinction ratio of eye


dB ≥4 ≥8 ≥4 ≥8
pattern of single channel

Minimum sensitivity of the ≤ -21.4


Receiver at dBm ≤ -8.6 (OMA) ≤ -10.5 ≤ -23.2
single-channel receiver (OMA)
reference
Minimum overload of single
point R dBm 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
channel

Table 6-215 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4S Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50


Optical line code – Coherent PM-QPSK
Transmission rate Gbit/s 127.156
Nominal central frequency range THz 191.3 to 196.05
Maximum central frequency
GHz ±2.5
Transmit- deviation

ter at Maximum -20dB spectrum width nm 0.5


reference Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
point S ratio
Maximum mean launched power dBm 5
Minimum mean launched power dBm -5

304 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-215 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4S Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum sensitivity of the


dBm ≤ -18
receiver
Minimum overload of the receiver dBm ≥0
Receiver Maximum reflectance of the
dB ≤ -27
at receiver
reference Receiving range of the receiver
Note 1 nm 1529.16 to 1567.14
point R
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 55000
Differential group delay tolerance
ps 105 (0.5 dB OSNR cost)
value
Note 1: The receivable wavelength of the receiver should correspond to the transmitted
wavelength.

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-216 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU4S Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OTU4S 368 × 60

Power Consumption

Table 6-217 Power Consumption of the OTU4S Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OTU4S 160

6.5.13 The OTU4E Card

The OTU4E card number is 2.200.537.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Version: D 305
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.5.13.1 Function

The card receives ten optical signals (STM-64 / OTU2 / 10GE LAN / OTU2e),
performs the O/E conversion and aggregates into the OTU4 signal of DWDM
standard compliant wavelength; outputs the converted signal via the WDM side
optical interface to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexing
card for WDM. The card also fulfills the reverse process.

The OTU4E card performs the following functions:

u OTN functions:

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports both FEC and super FEC encoding and
decoding schemes.

u Performance and alarm monitoring:

4 Monitors SDH B1 and J0 overheads.

4 Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports local and remote end loopback of signals at client side and
wavelength division side optical interfaces.

u Pluggable optical module: The optical interfaces at the client side use the SFP+
optical module, which is small, pluggable, and easy to operate and maintain.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

306 Version: D
6 Card

u Querying information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the client side and WDM side can be obtained via the EMS.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the client side includes the module
type, application code, transmission distance, support rate, wavelength
window, receiver type.

4 Information about optical interfaces on the WDM side includes wavelength


tunability, wavelength, receiver type and modulation format.

6.5.13.2 Access Service and Quantity

The OTU4E card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-218.

Table 6-218 The OTU4E Card’s Service Type and Quantity

Client Side Client Side WDM Side WDM Side


Note 1 Note 2
Card Interface Optical Signal Interface Optical Signal
Quantity Type Quantity Type

STM-64
OTU2 OTU4
OTU4E 10 1
OTU2e
10GE LAN
Note 1: The client side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is connected to the
client side equipment.
Note 2: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is
connected to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.13.3 Application in the System

The card converges ten STM64/OTU2/10GE LAN/OTU2E signals into one 100G
OTN signal and sends it to the line card in the OTN system. The card acts as an
independent OTU. See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and
positioning of the card in the system.

6.5.13.4 Panel

See Figure 6-44 for the OTU4E card panel.

Version: D 307
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-44 The OTU4E Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the OTU4E card panel are described in
Table 6-219.

308 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-219 Description of the OTU4E Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the


card.
Alarm indicator Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
UA/NUA
LED alarm).
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

The 1st to the TX is for transmitting service


OUT1 / IN1 to 10th client side signals to client side devices.
OUT10 / IN10 optical RX is for receiving service signals
interfaces from client side devices.
TX is for transmitting wavelength- The optical
specific optical signals to the optical interface connector:
Wavelength multiplexer card or the optical add / the LC-type
division side drop multiplexing card. connector.
TX/RX
optical RX is for receiving wavelength-
interface specific optical signals from the
optical demultiplexer card or the
optical add / drop multiplexing card.

6.5.13.5 Specifications of the OTU4E Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-220 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4E Card

Item Unit Specification

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s


Optical module type –
(multiple rates) (multiple rates) (multiple rates)

Target distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565 1530 to 1565
Transmitter range
at reference Maximum width at -20 dB nm 1.0 0.4 0.4
point S Minimum side mode
dB 30 – –
suppression ratio

Version: D 309
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-220 Specifications of Client Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4E Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum mean launched


dBm -1 2 4
power

Minimum mean launched


dBm -6 -1 0
power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 6.5 8.2 9


Transmit signal eye pattern – Compliant with the ITU-T G.691 mask

Receiver type – PIN APD


Minimum sensitivity (BER
dBm -14 -17 -24
≤ 10-12)
Receiver at
Minimum overload (BER ≤
reference dBm 0 0 -7
10-12)
point R
Maximum reflectance of
receiver, measured at dB -27 -27 -27
reference point R

Table 6-221 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4E Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50


Optical line code – Coherent PM-QPSK
Transmission rate Gbit/s 127.086
Nominal central frequency range THz 191.3 to 196.05
Maximum central frequency
GHz ±2.5
Transmit- deviation

ter at Maximum -20dB spectrum width nm 0.5


reference Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
point S ratio
Maximum mean launched power dBm 5
Minimum mean launched power dBm -5
Minimum sensitivity of the
dBm ≤ -18
receiver
Receiver Minimum overload of the receiver dBm ≥0
at Maximum reflectance of the
dB ≤ -27
reference receiver
point R Receiving range of the receiver
Note 1 nm 1529.16 to 1567.14

Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 55000

310 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-221 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4E Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Differential group delay tolerance


ps 105 (0.5 dB OSNR cost)
value
Note 1: The receivable wavelength of the receiver should correspond to the transmitted
wavelength.

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-222 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU4E Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OTU4E 368 × 60

Power Consumption

Table 6-223 Power Consumption of the OTU4E Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OTU4E 200

6.5.14 The OTU4F Card

The OTU4F card number is 2.200.536.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.5.14.1 Function

The card receives the OTU4 optical signal from the line side, performs O / E
conversion, overhead extraction and FEC encoding of the signal to convert it into
the OTU4 optical signal with DWDM standard compliant wavelength, and finally
outputs it to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card for
wavelength division multiplexing. The card performs the regeneration of the OTU4
services and improves the quality of transmitted signals.

u OTN functions:

Version: D 311
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 Uses ITU-T Rec. G.709 compliant frame format and overhead processing;
provides the standard OTN interface at the WDM side, which also
complies with WDM related standards.

4 Users can implement the OTN overhead configuration through the network
management system.

u Wavelength tunability: Optional, provided as required by the users. The card


uses the optical module with tunable wavelength to adjust the optical signal’s
wavelengths on the WDM side in the range of the 192 wavelengths in Band C.

u ESC function: Supports the ESC function and can multiplex the supervisory
signals into the service channels for transmission.

u Error correction coding: Supports the super FEC coding mode.

u Performance and alarm monitoring: Monitors OTN performance and alarms.

u Laser shutdown: The laser at the optical interface can be turned on or off
flexibly through the EMS to facilitate testing, operation and maintenance.

u Loopback: Supports external loopback of signals at the WDM side optical


interfaces.

u Remote upgrade of card software: The card software can be upgraded


remotely through the EMS.

u Viewing information about optical interfaces: Information about the optical


interfaces on the WDM side can be obtained through the network management
system. Information about the optical interfaces on the WDM side includes the
wavelength and wavelength tunability, the receiver type and the modulation
mode.

6.5.14.2 Access Service and Quantity

The OTU4F card’s service access capacity, including the service type and quantity,
is shown in Table 6-224.

312 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-224 Access Service Type and Quantity of the OTU4F Card

West WDM Side West WDM Side East WDM Side East WDM Side
Note 1
Card Name Interface Optical Signal Interface Optical Signal
Quantity Type Quantity Type

OTU4F 1 OTU4 1 OTU4


Note 1: The wavelength division side optical interface refers to the optical interface that is
connected to the optical multiplexer card or the optical add / drop multiplexer card.

6.5.14.3 Application in the System

See Figure 6-45 for the application and positioning of the card in the system.

Figure 6-45 Positioning of the OTU4F Card in the System

6.5.14.4 Panel

See Figure 6-46 for the OTU4F card panel.

Version: D 313
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-46 The OTU4F Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the OTU4F card panel are described in
Table 6-225.

314 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-225 Description of the OTU4F Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally,
ACT
indicator LED ON indicates the poor communication between the card and
the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the card.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
Alarm
UA/NUA alarm).
indicator LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

TX is for transmitting wavelength-specific


optical signals to the optical multiplexer
card or the optical add / drop multiplexing The optical
TX1 / RX1 WDM side
card. interface
to TX1 / optical
RX is for receiving wavelength-specific connector: the LC-
RX2 interface
optical signals from the optical type connector.
demultiplexer card or the optical add /
drop multiplexing card.

6.5.14.5 Specifications of the OTU4F Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-226 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4F Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50


Optical line code – Coherent PM-QPSK
Transmission rate Gbit/s 127.156
Nominal central frequency range THz 191.3 to 196.05
Maximum central frequency
GHz ±2.5
Transmit- deviation

ter at Maximum -20dB spectrum width nm 0.5


reference Minimum side mode suppression
dB 35
point S ratio
Maximum mean launched power dBm 5
Minimum mean launched power dBm -5

Version: D 315
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-226 Specifications of WDM Side Optical Interfaces on the OTU4F Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum sensitivity of the


dBm ≤ -18
receiver
Minimum overload of the receiver dBm ≥0
Receiver Maximum reflectance of the
dB ≤ -27
at receiver
reference Receiving range of the receiver
Note 1 nm 1529.16 to 1567.14
point R
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 55000
Differential group delay tolerance
ps 105 (0.5 dB OSNR cost)
value
Note 1: The receivable wavelength of the receiver should correspond to the transmitted
wavelength.

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-227 Mechanical Parameters of the OTU4F Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OTU4F 368 × 90

Power Consumption

Table 6-228 Power Consumption of the OTU4F Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OTU4F 250

6.6 Optical Multiplexer / Demultiplexer Card

The following introduces the functions, application in the system, working principles,
panels and specifications of the optical multiplexer / demultiplexer cards.

316 Version: D
6 Card

6.6.1 System Multiplexing and Demultiplexing Architecture

The optical multiplexer / demultiplexer card is mainly used to multiplex or


demultiplex optical signals with different wavelengths. Before probing into the
specific functions of each optical multiplexer / demultiplexer card, it is necessary for
you to know the multiplexing / demultiplexing architecture of the system.

Figure 6-47 shows the unidirectional multiplexing / demultiplexing architecture of a


96-channel system. At the local end, the CE-band and the CO-band optical
multiplexer cards multiplex the 48 channels of CE-band and CO-band signals,
respectively, with a channel spacing of 100GHz. Next, the ITL50 card further
multiplexes the two multiplexed signals to output one 96-channel multiplexed signal
with a channel spacing of 50GHz. Then, after amplified by the OA card, the signal is
multiplexed with the local supervisory signal by the OSCAD card and transmitted to
the opposite end.

At the opposite end, the OSCAD card demultiplexes the main path signal and the
local supervisory signal. The supervisory signal is sent to the OSC card for
processing. The main path signal is a 96-channel CE-band and CO-band multiplexed
signal with a channel spacing of 50GHz. It is amplified by the PA card and
demultiplexed into a CO-band signal and a CE-band signal by the ITL50 card. These
two signals are respectively sent to the CE-band and the CO-band demultiplexer
cards and further demultiplexed.

Figure 6-47 System Multiplexing and Demultiplexing Architecture

Version: D 317
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.6.2 The OMU Series of Cards

The OMU series of cards include the OMU2 / 4 / 8, OMU40_O, OMU40_E,


OMU48_O and OMU_48_E cards.

They are applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Card Name Card Number


OMU2 / 4 / 8 2.166.239 / 2.166.237 / 2.166.250
OMU48_O 2.166.244
OMU48_E 2.166.231
OMU40_O 2.166.245
OMU40_E 2.166.232

6.6.2.1 Function

Table 6-229 lists the OMU series of cards and the functions that they fulfill.

Table 6-229 The OMU Series of Cards and Functions

Wavelength
Series Card Name Function Band
Spacing

OMU48_O Multiplex 48 wavelength-specific CO


optical signals into a multi-
OMU48_E CE
wavelength signal.
100 GHz
OMU40_O Multiplex 40 wavelength-specific CO
optical signals into a multi-
OMU40_E CE
wavelength signal.

Multiplexes two single-wavelength /


OMU series OMU2 wavelength-group optical signals
into one multi-wavelength signal.

Multiplexes four single-wavelength /


OMU4 wavelength-group optical signals C -
into a multi-wavelength signal.

Multiplexes eight single-wavelength


OMU8 / wavelength-group optical signals
into a multi-wavelength signal.

318 Version: D
6 Card

6.6.2.2 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.6.2.3 Working Principle

The OMU series multiplexer cards supported by the FONST 5000 include the
OMU2, OMU4, OMU8, OMU40, and the OMU48 cards. The following introduces
their working principles using the OMU48 card as an example. Figure 6-48
illustrates the OMU48 card’s composition and signal flow.

Figure 6-48 Composition and Signal Flow of the OMU48 Card

The optical interfaces 01 to 48 receive one single-wavelength optical signal each


and send them to the multiplexer. Then the multiplexer multiplexes the 48 single-
wavelength optical signals into one signal, and outputs the multiplexed signal via
the OUT optical interface.

The functions of each module in the figure are described as below:

u Optical module

Version: D 319
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 Multiplexes 48 input single-wavelength optical signals into one optical


signal.

4 The splitter splits light from the main path for power detection.

4 Monitors and controls the multiplexer’s operating temperature in real time.

u Communication and control module

4 Operates and controls the card.

4 Configures the card and reports faults.

4 Collects each module’s alarms and performance events, working status,


and power voltage detection information.

u Power supply module

Converts the DC power supply provided by the backplane into the power
supply needed by the modules of the card.

6.6.2.4 Panel

Figure 6-49 illustrates the panels of the OMU series of cards.

320 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-49 The OMU Series of Card Panels

As users can see from Figure 6-49:

u The panel of the OMU 2 / 4 / 8 card is half as wide as that of the OMU 40 / 48
card; that is, the OMU 2 / 4 / 8 card occupies one slot while the OMU 40 / 48
card occupies two slots.

u A clear working band and wavelength table is labeled on the panel of the OMU
40 / 48 card. For example, OMU48-E in the figure indicates that the card works
at the CE band.

Version: D 321
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u Table 6-230 gives a description of the interfaces and indicator LEDs on the
panels of the OMU series of cards.

Table 6-230 Description of the OMU Series of Card Panels

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working indicator ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status; generally,
ACT
LED ON indicates poor communication between the card and
the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major
UA/NUA Alarm indicator LED alarm).
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

Inputs the 1st and the 2nd signals; usually connected to


Input ports for the 1st
IN1, IN2 the interfaces D1 to D8 on the WSSD card in other
and the 2nd signals.
OMU2 directions.
Output port for the Outputs the multiplexed signals; usually connected to the
OUT
multiplexed signal IN port of the OA card.

Input ports for the 1st Inputs the 1st to the 4th signals; usually connected to the
IN1 to IN4
to the 4th signals interfaces D1 to D8 on the WSSD card in other directions.
OMU4
Output port for the Outputs the multiplexed signals; usually connected to the
OUT
multiplexed signal IN port of the OA card.

Input ports for the 1st Inputs the 1st to the 8th signals; usually connected to the
IN1 to IN8
to the 8th signals interfaces D1 to D8 on the WSSD card in other directions.
OMU8
Output port for the Outputs the multiplexed signals; usually connected to the
OUT
multiplexed signal IN port of the OA card.

Input ports for the 1st Respectively inputs the 1st to the 40th single-wavelength
01 to 40 to the 40th single- signals; usually connected to the TX port of the line
wavelength signals interface card or the optical transponder card.
OMU40
Outputs the multiplexed signal; usually connected to the IN
Output interface for
OUT port on the OA card or to the A1 to A8 ports on the optical
the multiplexed signal
add / drop multiplexing card.

Input ports for the 1st Respectively inputs the 1st to the 48th single-wavelength
01 to 48 to the 48th single- signals; usually connected to the TX port of the line
wavelength signals interface card or the optical transponder card.
OMU48
Outputs the multiplexed signal; usually connected to the IN
Output interface for
OUT port on the OA card or to the A1 to A8 ports on the optical
the multiplexed signal
add / drop multiplexing card.

322 Version: D
6 Card

6.6.2.5 Specifications of the OMU Series of Cards

Interface Specification

Table 6-231 Specifications of the OMU Series of Cards

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 100


OMU2 ≤ 3.8
OMU4 ≤7
Insertion loss OMU8 dB ≤ 11
OMU40 ≤ 6.5
OMU48 ≤ 6.5
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.5
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Nonadjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Integrated cross interference dB ≥ 23
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.5
-1 dB width nm ≥ 0.4
-20 dB width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-232 Mechanical Parameters of the OMU Series of Cards

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

OMU8 368 × 30
OMU4 368 × 30
OMU2 368 × 30
OMU40 368 × 60
OMU48 368 × 60

Power Consumption

Table 6-233 Power Consumption of the OMU Series of Cards

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OMU48_E 15
OMU40_E 15
OMU48_O 15

Version: D 323
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-233 Power Consumption of the OMU Series of Cards (Continued)

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

OMU40_O 15
OMU2 2
OMU8 2
OMU4 2

6.6.3 The VMU Series of Cards

The VMU series of cards include the VMU48_O, VMU48_E, VMU40_O, and
VMU40_E cards.

They are applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Card Name Card Number


VMU48_O 2.166.248
VMU48_E 2.166.235
VMU40_O 2.166.249
VMU40_E 2.166.236

6.6.3.1 Function

Table 6-234 lists the VMU series of cards and the functions they fulfill. Like the
OMU series of cards, the VMU series of cards multiplex signals. Besides, the VMU
series of cards can implement automatic equalization and pre-emphasis of optical
power for optical channels and therefore they should be selected when these
functions are required.

Table 6-234 The VMU Series of Cards and Functions

Wave-
Series Card Name Function Band length
Spacing

VMU48_O Multiplexes 48 wavelength-specific CO


optical signals into a multiple-
VMU series wavelength signal. 100 GHz
VMU48_E CE
Performs channel power
equalization.

324 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-234 The VMU Series of Cards and Functions (Continued)

Wave-
Series Card Name Function Band length
Spacing

VMU40_O Multiplexes 40 wavelength-specific CO


optical signals into a multiple-
wavelength signal.
VMU40_E CE
Performs channel power
equalization.

6.6.3.2 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.6.3.3 Working Principle

The VMU series multiplexer cards supported by the FONST 5000 include the
VMU40 card and the VMU48 card. The following introduces their working principles
using the VMU48 card as an example. Figure 6-50 illustrates the VMU48 card’s
composition and signal flow.

Version: D 325
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-50 Composition and Signal Flow of the VMU48 Card

The optical interfaces 01 to 48 receive a single-wavelength optical signal each. Next,


the VOA equalizes each signal’s optical power and inputs them into the multiplexer.
Then the multiplexer multiplexes the 48 single-wavelength optical signals into one
signal, and outputs the multiplexed signal via the OUT optical interface.

The functions of each module in the figure are as below:

u Optical module

4 Equalizes optical power for each single-wavelength optical signal before


they are multiplexed.

4 Multiplexes the 48 input single-wavelength optical signals into one optical


signal.

4 The splitter splits light from the main path for power detection.

4 Monitors and controls the multiplexer’s operating temperature in real time.

u Communication and control module

4 Operates and controls the whole card.

4 Configures the card and reports faults.

326 Version: D
6 Card

4 Collects each module’s alarms and performance events, working status,


and power voltage detection information.

u Power supply module

Converts the DC power supply provided by the backplane into the power
supply needed by the modules of the card.

6.6.3.4 Panel Description

Figure 6-51 illustrates the panels of the VMU series of cards.

Version: D 327
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-51 The VMU Series of Card Panels

As users can see from Figure 6-51:

328 Version: D
6 Card

On the panel of each VMU card, the working band and wavelength table for the card
are clearly marked. For example, in the figure, VMU48-E indicates that the card
works in the CE band; and the wavelength table of the 48 input single-wavelength
signals is provided on the upper part of the panel.

Table 6-235 gives a description of the interfaces and LEDs on the panels of the
VMU series of cards.

Table 6-235 Description of the VMU Series of Card Panels

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working indicator ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating status;
ACT
LED generally, ON indicates poor communication between the
card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates a critical alarm or a major alarm.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator LED Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent
alarms.
Respectively inputs the 1st
to the 48th single-
Input ports for the
wavelength signals;
1st to the 48th
01 to 48 usually connected to the
single-wavelength
TX port of the line interface
signals
card or the optical The optical interface
transponder card. connector: the LC-type
Outputs the multiplexed connector.
signal; usually connected
Output interface for
to the IN port on the OA
OUT the multiplexed
card or to the A1 to A8
signal
ports on the optical add /
drop multiplexing card.

Version: D 329
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.6.3.5 Specifications of the VMU Series of Cards

Interface Specification

Table 6-236 Specifications of the VMU Series of Cards

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 100


Insertion loss dB ≤ 7.5Note 1
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.2
Ripple dB ≤ 0.75
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Nonadjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Integrated cross interference dB ≥ 22
-1 dB width nm ≥ 0.4
-20 dB width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05
VOA attenuation range dB 0 to 10
VOA response time ms ≤ 10
VOA attenuation accuracy dB ±0.8
Power-off attenuation value dB ≥ 10
Note 1: This is the test value when the attenuation value of VOA is set to 0 dB. The factory
default of the attenuation value for each channel is 0 dB. In practical applications, the
value can be adjusted according to engineering requirements.

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-237 Mechanical Parameters of the VMU Series of Cards

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

VMU48 / 40 368 × 60

Power Consumption

Table 6-238 Power Consumption of the VMU Series of Cards

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

VMU48_E 40
VMU40_E 40

330 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-238 Power Consumption of the VMU Series of Cards (Continued)

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

VMU48_O 40
VMU40_O 40

6.6.4 The ODU Series of Cards

The ODU series of cards include the ODU2 / 4 / 8, ODU8T, ODU48_O, ODU48_E,
ODU40_O and ODU40_E cards.

Applicable to the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

Card Name Card Number


ODU2 / 4 / 8 2.166.240 / 2.166.238 / 2.166.251
ODU8T Note 1 2.201.652
ODU48_O 2.166.246
ODU48_E 2.166.233
ODU40_O 2.166.234
ODU40_E 2.166.247
Note 1: The ODU8T card is used together with the WSS8MR card for fiber cut monitoring inside
the rack. For further information, please see The WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T Card.

6.6.4.1 Function

Table 6-239 lists the ODU series of cards and the functions they fulfill.

Table 6-239 Functions of the ODU Series of Cards

Wave-
Operating
Series Card Name Function length
Band
Spacing

ODU48_O Demultiplexes a multiple- CO


wavelength optical signal into 48
ODU series 100 GHZ
ODU48_E wavelength-specific optical CE
signals.

Version: D 331
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-239 Functions of the ODU Series of Cards (Continued)

Wave-
Operating
Series Card Name Function length
Band
Spacing

ODU40_O Demultiplexes a multiple- CO


wavelength optical signal into 40
ODU40_E wavelength-specific optical CE
signals.

Demultiplexes one multi-


wavelength signal into two optical
ODU2 signals, each of which contains
the same wavelength information
(only splits the signal).

Demultiplexes one multi-


wavelength signal into four optical
signals, with each of the
ODU4 C –
demultiplexed signal contains the
same wavelength information
(only splits the signal).

Demultiplexes one multi-


wavelength signal into eight
ODU8 optical signals, each of which
contains the same wavelength
information (only splits the signal).

6.6.4.2 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

6.6.4.3 Working Principle

The ODU series demultiplexer cards supported by the FONST 5000 include the
ODU2 card, the ODU4 card, the ODU8 card, the ODU40 card, and the ODU48 card.
The following presents their working principle using the ODU48 card as an example.
Figure 6-52 illustrates the ODU48 card’s composition and signal flow.

332 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-52 Composition and Signal Flow of the ODU48 Card

The IN optical interface receives one multiplexed optical signal and sends it to the
demultiplexer. Then the demultiplexer demultiplexes the signal into 48 single-
wavelength optical signals, and outputs the demultiplexed signals via the optical
interfaces 01 to 48.

The functions of each module in the signal flow diagram for the ODU48 card are
described as below:

u Optical module

4 Demultiplexes the input one multiplexed optical signal into 48 single-


wavelength optical signals.

4 The splitter splits light from the main path for power detection.

u Temperature control module

Monitors and controls the multiplexer’s operating temperature in real time.

u Communication and control module

4 Operates and controls the whole card.

4 Configures the card and reports faults.

Version: D 333
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 Collects each module’s alarms and performance events, working status,


and power voltage detection information.

u Power supply module

Converts the DC power supply provided by the backplane into the power
supply needed by the modules of the card.

6.6.4.4 Panel

Figure 6-53 illustrates the panels of the ODU series of cards.

Figure 6-53 The ODU Series of Card Panels

334 Version: D
6 Card

As users can see from Figure 6-53:

u The panel of the ODU 2 / 4 / 8 card is half as wide as that of the ODU 40 / 48
card; that is, the ODU 2 / 4 / 8 card occupies one slot and the ODU 40 / 48 card
occupies two slots.

u A clear working band and wavelength table is labeled on the panel of the ODU
40 / 48 card. For example, ODU48-E in Figure 6-53 indicates that the card
works at the CE band; and the wavelength table for the signal of the
corresponding 48 single-wavelength output interfaces is on the top of the panel.

Table 6-240 gives a description of the interfaces and indicator LEDs on the panels
of the ODU series of cards.

Table 6-240 Description of the ODU Series of Card Panels

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal


operating status.
ON or OFF indicates abnormal operating
ACT Working indicator LED
status; generally, ON indicates poor
communication between the card and the
network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are


filtered.
Solid red indicates an urgent alarm (critical
alarm or major alarm).
UA/NUA Alarm indicator LED
Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm
(minor alarm).
Solid orange indicates both urgent and
non-urgent alarms.

Respectively outputs the 1st and the 2nd


OUT1, Output ports for the 1st signals; usually connected to the ports A1
OUT2 and the 2nd signals to A8 on the WSSM card in other
ODU2 directions.
Inputs the signal to be demultiplexed;
Input interface for the
IN usually connected to the OUT port on the
multiplexed signal
PA card.
Respectively outputs the 1st to the 4th
OUT1 Output ports for the 1st signals; usually connected to the ports A1
ODU4
to OUT4 to the 4th signals to A8 on the WSSM card in other
directions.

Version: D 335
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-240 Description of the ODU Series of Card Panels (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Inputs the signal to be demultiplexed;


Input interface for the
IN usually connected to the OUT port on the
multiplexed signal
PA card.
Respectively outputs the 1st to the 8th
OUT1 Output ports for the 1st signals; usually connected to the ports A1
to OUT8 to the 8th signals to A8 on the WSSM card in other
ODU8 directions.
Inputs the signal to be demultiplexed;
Input interface for the
IN usually connected to the OUT port on the
multiplexed signal
PA card.
Respectively outputs the 1st to the 40th
Input ports for the 1st
signals; usually connected to the RX port of
01 to 40 to the 40th single-
the line interface card or the optical
wavelength signals
transponder card.
ODU40
Inputs the signals to be demultiplexed;
Input interface for the usually connected to the OUT port of the
IN
multiplexed signal PA card or to the D1 to D8 ports of the
WSS8D card.
Respectively outputs the 1st to the 48th
Input ports for the 1st
channels of signals; usually connected to
01 to 48 to the 48th single-
the RX port of the line interface card or the
wavelength signals
optical transponder card.
ODU48
Inputs the signals to be demultiplexed;
Input interface for the usually connected to the OUT port of the
IN
multiplexed signal PA card or to the D1 to D8 ports of the
WSS8D card.

6.6.4.5 Specifications of the ODU Series of Cards

Interface Specification

Table 6-241 Specifications of the ODU Series of Cards

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 100


ODU2 ≤ 3.8
ODU4 ≤7
Insertion loss dB
ODU8 ≤ 11
ODU40 ≤ 6.5

336 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-241 Specifications of the ODU Series of Cards (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

ODU48 ≤ 6.5
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.5
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Nonadjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Integrated cross interference dB ≥ 23
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.5
-1 dB width nm ≥ 0.4
-20 dB width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-242 Mechanical Parameters of the ODU Series of Cards

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

ODU2 368 × 30
ODU4 368 × 30
ODU8 368 × 30
ODU40 368 × 60
ODU48 368 × 60

Power Consumption

Table 6-243 Power Consumption of the ODU Series of Cards

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

ODU48_E 15
ODU40_E 15
ODU48_O 15
ODU40_O 15
ODU8 2
ODU4 2
ODU2 2

Version: D 337
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.6.5 The WDM2 Card

The WDM2 card number is 2.200.815.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.6.5.1 Function

The WDM2 card cooperates with the OTDR8 card to achieve the multiplexing /
demultiplexing of the 1625 nm testing optical signal and the main optical signals.

u In the Tx direction, the card multiplexes the main optical signals (1550nm signal
and 1510nm signal) from the OSCAD card and the 1625nm signal from the
OTDR8 card and sends the multiplexed signal to the optical line.

u In the Rx direction, the card split the 1625nm OTDR testing optical signal with
the main optical signal.

6.6.5.2 Application in the System

See Figure 6-54 for the application and positioning of the card in the system.

338 Version: D
6 Card

Note 1: The OTDR8 card supports testing eight line fibers. This figure indicates the application for
four fibers.

Figure 6-54 Positioning of the OTDR8 Card and WDM2 Card in the System

6.6.5.3 Working Principle

Figure 6-55 illustrates the WDM2 card’s composition and signal flow.

Figure 6-55 Composition and Signal Flow of the WDM2 Card

Version: D 339
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In the Tx direction

The MAIN_I interface receives the main optical signals (includes the 1550 nm
signal and the 1510 nm signal) from the OSCAD card. The OTDR_I interface
receives the 1625 nm testing signal from the OTDR8 card.

Two signals are outputted via the LINE_O interface to the optical fiber line after
multiplexing.

u In the Rx direction

The WDM2 card receives optical fiber line signals via the LINE_I interface and
demultiplexes main optical signals and OTDR test signals.

The OTDR_O interface outputs the OTDR test signal and the MAIN_O
interface outputs the main optical signal.

6.6.5.4 Panel Description

See Figure 6-56 for the WDM2 card panel.

340 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-56 The WDM2 Card Panel

The indicator LEDs and interfaces on the panel of the WDM2 card are described in
Table 6-244.

Version: D 341
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-244 Description of the WDM2 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Input interface for


Receives the line signal from the
LINE_I the line optical
equipment at the far end
signal

Output interface
Outputs signal (1550 nm, 1510 nm and
LINE_O for the line optical
1625 nm multiplexed signal) to the line
signal

Input interface for Receives the main optical signal The optical
MAIN_I the main channel (including the 1550 nm signal and the interface
signal 1510 nm signal) from the OSCAD card connector: the
Output interface Outputs the main optical signal LC-type
MAIN_O for the main (including the 1550 nm signal and the connector.
channel signal 1510 nm signal) to the OSCAD card

Input interface for Receives the 1625 nm signal from the


OTDR_I
the OTDR signal OTDR8 card
Output interface
Sends the 1625 nm signal to the
OTDR_O for the OTDR
OTDR8 card
signal

6.6.5.5 Specifications of the WDM2 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-245 Specifications of the WDM2 Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1550 / 1625


Wavelength Passband nm 1625±28
Range Reflex bandwidth nm 1500 to 1568
Transmission channel dB ≤1
Insertion loss
Reflection channel dB ≤ 0.8
Transmission channel dB ≥ 40
Isolation
Reflection channel dB ≥ 22
Flatness dB 0.35
Insertion loss thermal stability dB/℃ ≤ 0.007
Direction dB ≥ 50
Return loss dB ≥ 45
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.10

342 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-245 Specifications of the WDM2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

PMD ps ≤ 0.10
Bearer optical power mW ≤ 300

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-246 Mechanical Parameters of the WDM2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

WDM2 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-247 Power Consumption of the WDM2 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

WDM2 0

6.6.6 The ITL50 Card

The ITL50 card number is 2.166.241.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.6.6.1 Function

The ITL50 card is used to multiplex and demultiplex the signals in the CE band and
the CO band, i.e., implement the bidirectional conversion between the 100 GHz and
the 50 GHz channel spacing modes.

6.6.6.2 Application in the System

When configuring the FONST 5000 as an 80-channel or a 96-channel system,


users need to use the ITL50 card to convert between the 100 GHz and the 50 GHz
channel spacing modes. For the application of the ITL50 card, see System
Multiplexing and Demultiplexing Architecture.

Version: D 343
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.6.6.3 Working Principle

Figure 6-57 illustrates the ITL50 card’s composition and signal flow.

Figure 6-57 Composition and Signal Flow of the ITL50 Card

u In the Tx direction

Two signals with a channel spacing of 100GHz from the CO-band and CE-band
multiplexer card are input via the ODD_I and the EVEN_I optical interfaces;
adjust the optical power difference value of two multiplexed signals via manual
variable attenuator, and multiplexed into one CO+CE-band signal with a channel
spacing of 50GHz by the comb filter. The multiplexed signal is output via the
MO_O optical interface.

u In the Rx direction

The signal with a channel spacing of 50GHz from the optical amplifier card is
input via the MO_I interface. The signal is split into CO-band and CE-band
signals with a channel spacing of 100GHz by the comb filter. Then the signals
are output via the ODD_O and the EVEN_O optical interfaces.

6.6.6.4 Panel

The ITL50 card panel is shown in Figure 6-58.

344 Version: D
6 Card

Figure 6-58 The ITL50 Card Panel

The interfaces and indicator LEDs on the ITL50 card panel are described in
Table 6-248.

Version: D 345
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-248 Description of the ITL50 Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


Working ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status;
ACT
indicator LED generally, ON indicates the poor communication between
the card and the network management system.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered on the


card.
Alarm indicator Red indicates an urgent alarm (a critical alarm or a major
UA/NUA
LED alarm).
Yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
Orange indicates both urgent and non-urgent alarms.

Adjust the knob with a small flat screwdriver for fine


ATT knob for tuning of the optical power of the input signal on the
CE the input CE- EVEN_I interface.
band signal The clockwise turning decreases the attenuation and the
counter-clockwise turning increases the attenuation.

Adjust the knob with a small flat screwdriver for fine


ATT knob for tuning of the optical power of the input signal on the
CO the input CO- ODD_I interface.
band signal The clockwise turning decreases the attenuation and the
counter-clockwise turning increases the attenuation.

The multiplexed output signal is from the signal at the


Output interface
MO_I interface via demultiplexing.
EVEN_O for the CE-band
Generally, this interface is connected to the IN interface
signal
in the CE-band optical demultiplexer card.

Input interface
Generally, this interface is connected to the OUT
EVEN_I for the CE-band
interface of the CE-band optical multiplexer card.
signal

The output signal is from the signal at the MO_I interface


Output interface
via demultiplexing.
ODD_O for the CO-band
Generally, this interface is connected to the IN interface
signal
of the CO-band optical demultiplexer card.

Input interface
Generally, this interface is connected to the OUT
ODD_I for the CO-band
interface in the CO-band optical multiplexer card.
signal

346 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-248 Description of the ITL50 Card Panel (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Output interface
for the The multiplexed output signal is from the signals at the
MO_O
multiplexed EVEN_I and the ODD_I interfaces via multiplexing.
signal

Input interface
for the Generally, the input signal is from the PA card or the
MO_I
multiplexed WSS card.
signal

6.6.6.5 Specifications of the ITL50 Card

Interface Specification

Table 6-249 Specifications of the ITL50 Card

Item Unit Specification

Wavelength range at C-band nm 1528 to 1568


Input optical power range dBm ≤ 27
Input signal wavelength spacing GHZ 50
Output signal wavelength spacing GHZ 100
Multiplexing direction dB ≤4
Insertion loss
Demultiplexing direction dB ≤3
Optical return loss dB 40
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Nonadjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Direction dB ≥ 55
Polarization dependent loss dB 0.5
Maximum insertion loss difference between
dB ≤1
channels
PMD Ps ≤ 0.5
-1dB bandwidth nm ≥ 0.1
Device PMD Ps ≤ 0.5

Version: D 347
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Parameter

Table 6-250 Mechanical Parameters of the ITL50 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm)

ITL50 368 × 30

Power Consumption

Table 6-251 Power Consumption of the ITL50 Card

Card Maximum Power Consumption (W)

ITL50 1

6.6.7 The OSCAD Card

The OSCAD card number is 2.166.243.

It is applicable for the FONST 3000 / 4000 / 5000.

6.6.7.1 Function

Main functions of the OSCAD card are as follows:

u Basic functions: Multiplexes and demultiplexes the main path optical signal
(1550nm) and the optical supervisory channel signal (1510nm).

u Online monitoring: Provides monitoring interfaces for the input and output line
signals. These interfaces are connected to the spectrum analyzer or the OPM
card, so that the input and output line signals’ spectrum performance can be
monitored without traffic interruption.

6.6.7.2 Application in the System

See Positioning of Cards in the System for the application and positioning of the
card in the system.

348 Version: D
6 Card

6.6.7.3 Working Principle

Figure 6-59 illustrates the OSCAD card’s composition and signal flow.

Figure 6-59 Composition and Signal Flow of the OSCAD Card

u In the Tx direction

The 1550nm main path signal from the OA card is input via the MAIN-A
interface and the 1510nm supervisory signal from the EOSC / OSC card is
input via the OSC_A interface.

The two signals are multiplexed by the 1510 / 1550 multiplexer and sent to the
splitter 1. The splitter splits the main optical signal and optical supervisory
signal via the LINE-O interface and the MON_O interface respectively.

u In the Rx direction

The line signal is input to the splitter 2 on the card via the LINE-I interface. The
splitter splits the main optical signal and the optical supervisory signal.

The optical supervisory signal is output to the MON-I interface for spectrum
detection and monitoring. The main optical signal is sent to the 1510 / 1550
demultiplexer, demultiplexed into the main channel signal and the supervisory
signal, and outputted via the MAIN-D and the OSC-D interfaces respectively.

6.6.7.4 Panel Description

The panel desciption of the OSCAD card is shown in Figure 6-60.

Version: D 349
FONST 5000 Intelligent OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-60 The OSCAD Card Panel

The interfaces and LEDs on the card panel are described in Table 6-252.

350 Version: D
6 Card

Table 6-252 Description of the OSCAD Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Working Blinking quickly indicates the normal operating status.


ACT
indicator LED ON or OFF indicates abnormal working status.

OFF indicates no alarm or all alarms are filtered.


Solid red indicates a critical alarm or a major alarm.
Alarm indicator
UA/NUA Solid yellow indicates a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm).
LED